SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Regulations,Navigation,Aerodynamics,Performance
2010-11-5 Page 1 of 26
Chapter 1. Regulations 法规 121
1.(1-1) Determine the CCAR Part 121 landing minimums
for the VOR/DME RWY 02 approach at Chengdu Inti
Airport.PIC time 94 hours.
A.(续考题正文,Airplane Vso maximum certificated weight
105knots,VREF approach speed 140knots) __ MDH150m,
VIS2400m.
B.MDH120m,VIS1600m.
C.MDH100m,VIS1600m.
A X
2.(1-1) The PIC of PIL 10 has 87.5 hours and 26 landings
as PIC in the B-767, while operating under Part 121. The
PIC has 1,876 hours and 298 landings, as PIC in the
L-1011 under Part 121.
A.(续考题正文,What are the minimums for the VOR/DME
RWY 02 approach at Chengdu Inti Airport for the
PIC?)__MDH150m,VIS2400m.
B.MDH120m,VIS1600m.
C.MDH100m,VIS1600m.
B X
3.(Refer to Figure 1-2) The PIC of PTL 55 has 75 hours
and 30 landings as PIC in the B-747, while operating
under Part 121. The PIC has 759 hours and 312 landings,
as PIC, in the B-777 while operating under Part 121.
A.(续考题正文 What are the minimums for the ILS RWY
02 approach at ZUCK, for the PIC?)_DH95m,VIS1600
B.DH65m,RVR600
C.DH65m,RVR550
B X
4.(Refer to Figures 1-3) The PIC of TNA 90 has 49 hours
and 102 landings as PIC in the MD90 while operating
under Part 121. The PIC also has 959 hours and 246
landings, as PIC, in the B-737 while operating under Part
121.
A.(续考题正文 What are the minimums for the ILS/DME
RWY 18 approach at ZSSS, for this
PIC?)_DA63m,RVR550m.
B.DA93m,VIS1600m.
C.DA110m,VIS1600m
B X
5.(Refer to Figures 1-4) The PIC on TNA 90 (CAT C
aircraft operated under CCAR Part 121) has not flown
100 hours as PIC in the MD90. What are the minimums
while flying the ILS RWY 36R to land at ZBAA?
A.DH20',VIS800m.
B.DH200',RVR550m.
C.DH300',VIS1600m.
C X
6.(Refer to Figures 1-4) The weather at ZBTJ goes below
the PICs minimums and TNA 90 (a CAT C aircraft
operating under FAR Part 121 ) diverts to the alternate
ZBAA. Upon arrival at ZBAA, TNA 90 is cleared for
A.(续考题正文 an ILS/DME RWY 36R approach. The PIC
has less than 100 hours of PIC time in the MD 90. What are
the landing minimums?)_DH20',VIS800m.
B.DH200',RVR550m. C.DH300',VIS1600m.
C X
7.A Category II ILS pilot authorization, when originally
issued, is normally limited to
/A.Category II operations not less than 1600 RVR and a
150-foot DH.
B.pilots who have completed an FAA-approved Category II
training program.
C.Category II operations not less than 1200 RVR and a
100-foot DH.
A X
8.A commercial pilot has a type rating in a B-727 and
B-737. A flight test is completed in a B-747 for the Airline
Transport Pilot Certificate. What pilot privileges may be
exercised regarding these airplanes?
A.Commercial - B-737; ATP - B-727 and B-747.
B.ATP - B-747; Commercial - B-727 and B-737.
/C.ATP - B-747, B-727, and B-737.
C X
9.A commercial pilot has DC-3 and DC-9 type ratings. A
flight test is completed for an Airline Transport Pilot
Certificate in a B-727. What pilot privileges may be
exercised?
A.ATP - B-727 and DC-3; Commercial - DC-9.
B.ATP - B-727 only; Commercial - DC-9 and DC 3.
/C.ATP - B-727, DC-3, and DC-9.
C X
10.A crewmember who has served as second-in-command
on a particular type airplane (e.g., B737-300), may serve
as pilot-in-command upon completing which training
program?
A.Upgrade training. B.Recurrent training. C.Initial training.
A X
11.A dispatch release for a flag or domestic air carrier
must contain or have attached to it
A.minimum fuel supply and weather information for the
complete flight.
B.trip number and weight and balance data.
C.weather information for the complete flight and a crew list.
A X
12.A domestic air carrier airplane lands at an
intermediate airport at 1815Z. The latest time it may
depart without a specific authorization from an aircraft
dispatcher is
A.1945Z. B.1915Z. C.1845Z.
B X
13.A domestic air carrier flight has a delay while on the
ground, at an intermediate airport. How long before a
redispatch release is required?
A.Not more than 1 hour.
B.Not more than 2 hours.
C.More than 6 hours.
A X
14.A domestic or flag air carrier shall keep copies of the
flight plans, dispatch releases, and load manifests for at
least
A.3 months. B.6 months. C.30 days.
A X
15.A flag air carrier flight lands at an intermediate
airport at 1805Z. The latest time that it may depart
without being redispatched is
A.2005Z. B.1905Z. C.0005Z.
C X 16.A passenger briefing by a crewmember shall be given,
instructing passengers on the necessity of using oxygen in
the event of cabin depressurization, prior to flight
conducted above
A. FL200 B. FL240 C. FL250
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Regulations,Navigation,Aerodynamics,Performance
2010-11-5 Page 2 of 26
C X
17.A person whose duties include the handing or carriage
of dangerous articles and/or magnetized materials must
have satisfactorily completed an established and
approved training program within the preceding
A. 6 calendar months.
B. 12 calendar months.
C. 24 calendar months.
B X
18.A pilot flight crewmember, other than pilot in
command, must have received a proficiency check or
line-oriented simulator training within the preceding
A.6 calendar months.
B.12 calendar months.
C.24 calendar months.
C X
19.A pilot in command must complete a proficiency check
or simulator training within the preceding
A.6 calendar months.
B.12 calendar months.
C.24 calendar months.
A X
20.A pilot, acting as second-in-command, successfully
completes the instrument competency check. How long
does this pilot remain current if no further IFR flights
are made?
A.12 months. B.90 days. C.6 months.
C X
21.A turbojet-powered flag air carrier airplane is
released to an airport which has no available alternate.
What is the required fuel reserve?
A. 2 hours at normal cruise speed in a no wind condition fuel
consumption.
B. 2 hours at normal cruise fuel consumption.
C. 30 minutes, plus 10 percent of the total flight time.
B X
22.An air carrier may schedule a pilot to fly in an
airplane, in any calendar month, for no more than
A.80hours B.90 hours C.100hours
B X (正答 C)
23.An air carrier may schedule a pilot to fly in an
airplane, in any calendar year, for no more than
A.800hours B.900 hours C.1000hours
C X
24.An air carrier may schedule a pilot, on a four-pilot
crew (including a second-in-commander pilot), for flight
deck duty during any 24 consecutive-hour period for not
more than
A.17 hours B.24 hours C.25 hours
A X
25.An air carrier may schedule a pilot, on a three-pilot
crew (including a second-in-commander pilot), for flight
deck duty during any 24 consecutive-hour period for not
more than
A.10 hours B.14 hours C.16 hours
A X
26.An air carrier uses an airplane that is certified for
operation with a flightcrew of two pilots and one flight
engineer. In case the flight engineer becomes
incapacitated
A.at least one other flight crewmember must be qualified to
perform the flight engineer duties.
B.one crewmember must be qualified to perform the duties
of the flight engineer.
C.one pilot must be qualified and have a flight engineer
certificate to perform the flight engineer duties.
A X
27.An aircraft dispatcher shall receive at least 24
consecutive hours of rest during
A.every 7 consecutive days
B.any 7 consecutive days or the equivalent thereof within
any calendar month
C.each calendar week
B X
28.An airplane has seats for 149 passengers and eight
crewmembers. What is the number of flight attendants
required with 97 passengers aboard?
A.Four B.Three C.Two
B X
29.An airplane has seats for 49 passengers and two
crewmembers. What is the number of flight attendants
required with only 1 passenger aboard?
A.Two B.One C.Zero
B X
30.An applicant who is scheduled for a practical test for
an airline transport pilot certificate, in an approved flight
simulator, is
A.required to have at least a current third-class medical
certificate.
/B.not required to have a medical certificate.
C.required to have a first-class medical certificate.
B X
31.第一次An applicant who is taking a practical test for a
type rating to be added to a commercial pilot certificate,
in an approved simulator, is
A.required to have a first-class medical certificate.
B.required to have a second-class medical certificate.
/C.not required to have a medical certificate.
C X
32.By regulation, who shall provide the pilot in command
of a domestic or flag air carrier airplane information
concerning weather, and irregularities of facilities and
services?
/A.The aircraft dispatcher.
B.Air route traffic control center.
C.Director of operations.
A X
33.Category II ILS operations below 1600 RVR and a
150-foot DH may be approved after the pilot in command
has
A.10 takeoffs and landings in make and model and three
Category II ILS approaches in actual or simulated IFR
conditions with 150-foot DH since the beginning of
preceding month, under 14 CFR parts 91 and 121.
B. at least six Category II approaches in IFR conditions with
100-foot DH within the preceding 12 calendar months.
C.log 100 hours' in make and model airplane under 14 CFR
part 121 and three Category II ILS approaches in actual or
simulated IFR with 150-foot DH since the beginning of the
sixth preceding month.
C X 34.During a supplemental air carrier flight, who is
responsible for obtaining information on meteorological
conditions?
A.Aircraft dispatcher.
B.Pilot in command.
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Regulations,Navigation,Aerodynamics,Performance
2010-11-5 Page 3 of 26
C.Director of operations or flight follower.
B X
35.During emergency, can a pilot expect landing priority?
A.. yes. delay all aircraft in the air and give this emergency
aircraft landing priority.
B. yes. Give the priority to this emergency aircraft only when
have conflict with other aircraft or proximate the same
expect landing time.
C. no. because the landing priority of aircraft arriving at a
tower-controlled airport is on "first-come, first-served" basis.
B X
36.Duty and rest period rules require that a flight
crewmember
A.not be assigned to any duty with the air carrier during any
required rest period.
B.not be on duty aloft for more than 100 hours in any 30-day
period.
C.be relieved of all duty for at least 24 hours during any 7
consecutive days.
A X
37.Each crewmember shall have readily available for
individual use on each flight a
A. key to the flight deck door.
B. certificate holder's manual.
C. flashlight in good working order.
C X
38.Except during an emergency, when can a pilot expect
landing priority?
A. When cleared for an IFR approach
B. When piloting a large, heavy aircraft.
C. In turn, on a first-come, first-serve basis.
C X
39.For a flag air carrier flight to be released to an island
airport for which an alternate airport is not available, a
turbojet-powered airplane must have enough fuel to fly
to that airport and thereafter to fly
/A. at least 2 hours at normal cruising fuel consumption.
B. for 3 hours at normal cruising fuel consumption.
C. back to the departure airport.
A X
40.For an airport with only one set of VOR approach, if
the applicable instrument visibility minimum is 2,000
meters, it may be listed as an alternate airport only when
the visibility is forecast to be at least
A.3000m. B.3,600m. C.2,800m.
B X
41.For an airport with only one set of VOR approach, if
the authorized MDH is 100 meters, it may be listed as an
alternate airport only when the ceiling is forecast to be at
least
A.220m. B.150m. C.160m.
A X
42.For an airport without air corridor, the approach
controlled airspace may extends laterally from the edge
of Class D airspace to radius of
A.40 kilometers. B.50 kilometers. C.46 kilometers.
B X
43.For scheduled airline, pilots should fill in the box of
TYPE OF FLIGHT with letter
A.G. B.S. C.R.
B X
44.Group II aircraft are
A.Propeller driven aircraft
B.Turbojet aircraft
C.3/4 engine aircraft
B X
45.How dose deadhead transportation, going to or from a
duty, affect the computation of flight time limits for air
carrier flight crewmember? It is
A.considered part of the rest period if the flight crew
includes more than two pilots.
B.considered part of the rest period for the flight engineers
and navigators.
C.not considered to be part of a rest period.
C X
46.How long shall a supplemental air carrier or
commercial operator retain a record of the load manifest,
airworthiness release, pilot route certification, flight
release, and flight plan?
A.1 month. B.3 months. C.12 months.
B X
47.How often must a crewmember actually operate the
airplane emergency equipment, after initial training?
A. 6 calendar months.
B. 12 calendar months.
C. 24 calendar months.
C X
48.If a B-747(400) airplane is dispatched from an airport
that is below landing minimums, what is the maximum
distance that a departure alternate airport may be
located from the departure airport?
A.Not more than 2 hours at normal cruising speed with one
engine inoperative.
B.Not more than 2 hours at normal cruising speed with one
engine operating.
C.Not more than 2 hours at normal cruising speed in still air
with one engine inoperative.
C X
49.If a flag air carrier flight lands at an intermediate
airport at 1845Z, and experiences a delay, what is the
latest time it may depart for the next airport without a
redispatch release?
A.1945Z. B.2015Z. C.0045Z.
C X
50.If a flight crewmember completes a required annual
flight check in December 1987 and the required annual
recurrent flight check in January 1989, the latter check is
considered to have been taken in
A.November 1988. B.December 1988. C.January 1989
B X
51.If a flight engineer becomes incapacitated during
flight, who may perform the flight engineer's duties?
A.The second in command only.
/B.Any flight crewmember, if qualified.
C.Either pilot, if they have a flight engineer certificate.
B X
52.If an air carrier schedules a dispatcher for 12 hours of
duty in a 24-consecutive-hour period, what action is
required?
A.The dispatcher should be given a rest period of 24 hours at
the end of the 13 hours B.The dispatcher should be given a rest period of at least 8
hours at or before the completion of 10 hours of duty
C.The dispatcher should refuse to be on duty 13hours as the
CCAR part 121 limits the duty period to 10 consecutive
hours
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Regulations,Navigation,Aerodynamics,Performance
2010-11-5 Page 4 of 26
B X
53.If an intoxicated person creates a disturbance aboard
and air carrier aircraft, the certificate holder must
submit a report, concerning the incident, to the
Administrator within
A. 10 days. B. 24 hours. C. 5 days.
C X
54.If it becomes necessary to shut down one engine on a
domestic air carrier three-engine turbojet airplane, the
pilot in command
A. must land at the nearest suitable airport, in point of time,
at which a safe landing can be made.
B. may continue to the planned destination if approved by
the company aircraft dispatcher.
C. may continue to the planned destination if this is
considered as safe as landing at the nearest suitable airport.
C X
55.In a 24-hour consecutive period, what is the maximum
time, excluding briefing and debriefing, that an airline
transport pilot may instruct other pilots in air
transportation service?
A.6 hours. B.8 hours. C.10 hours.
B X
56.It is the responsibility of the pilot and crew to report a
near midair collision as a result of proximity of at least
A. 50 feet or less to another aircraft.
B. 500feet or less to another aircraft.
C. 1,000 feet or less to another aircraft.
B X
57.第二次/No one may operate in Class A airspace unless
he has filed an IFR flight plan and
A.reached the cruising IAS.
B.entered VFR weather conditions.
C.received an ATC clearance.
C X
58.person may not act as a crewmember of a civil aircraft
if alcoholic beverages have been consumed by that person
within the preceding
A.8 hours. B.12 hours. C.24 hours.
A X
59.The "age 60 rule" of CCAR Part 121 applies to
A.any required pilot crewmember.
B.any flight crewmember.
C.the pilot in command only.
A X
60.The certificated air carrier and operators who must
attach to, or include on, the flight release form the name
of each flight crewmember, flight attendant, and
designated pilot in command are
A.supplemental and commercial.
B.supplemental and domestic.
C.flag and commercial.
A X
61.The flight time limitations established for flight
crewmembers include
A. only commercial flying in any flight crewmember
position in which CCAR 121 operations are conducted.
B. all flight time, except military, in any flight crewmember position.
C. all commercial flying in any flight crewmember position.
C X
62.The flight time limitations established for flight
crewmembers include
A.only pilots
B.pilots, navigators, flight engineers and batmen, but do not
include flight attendants.
C.all commercial flying in any flight crewmember position.
C X
63.The information required in the flight release for
supplemental air carriers and commercial operators that
is not required in the dispatch release for flag and
domestic air carriers is the
A.weather reports and forecasts.
B.names of all crewmembers.
C.minimum fuel supply.
B X
64.The kinds of operation that a certificate holder is
authorized to conduct are specified in the
A.certificate holder's operations specifications.
B.application submitted for an Air Carrier or Operating
Certificate, by the applicant.
C.Air Carrier Certificate or Operating Certificate.
A X
65.The maximum duty time in 24 consecutive hours that
a carrier may schedule a pilot in a four pilot crew
(including a second-in-commander pilot) without a rest
period is
A.19hours B.20 hours C.21hours
B X
66.The maximum duty time in 24 consecutive hours that
a carrier may schedule a pilot in a three pilot crew
(including a second-in-commander pilot) without a rest
period is
A.16hours B.17 hours C.18 hours
A X
67.The maximum duty time in 24 consecutive hours that
a carrier may schedule a pilot in a two pilot crew without
a rest period is
A.12hours B.13 hours C.14 hours
C X
68.The maximum flight time in 24 consecutive hours that
a carrier may schedule a pilot in a two pilot crew without
a rest period is
A.8 hours B.10 hours C.12 hours
A X
69.The maximum number of consecutive hours of duty
that an aircraft dispatcher may be scheduled is
A.12hours B.10hours C.8hours
B X
70.The maximum number of hours a pilot may fly in 7
consecutive days without any rest is
A.35 hours B.32 hours C.30 hours
A X
71.The required crewmember functions that are to be
performed in the event of an emergency shall be assigned
by the
A. pilot in command.
B. air carrier's chief pilot.
C. certificate holder.
C X
72.The training required by flight crewmembers who
have not qualified and served in the same capacity on
another airplane of the same group (e.g., turbojet
powered) is
A.upgrade training. B.transition training. C.initial training.
C X
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Regulations,Navigation,Aerodynamics,Performance
2010-11-5 Page 5 of 26
73.The training required for crewmembers or dispatchers
who have been qualified and served in the same capacity
on other airplanes of the same group is
A.difference training B.transition training.C.upgrade training
B X
74.To be eligible for the practical test for the renewal of a
Category II authorization, what recent instrument
approach experience is required?
A.Within the previous 6 months, six ILS approaches, three of
which may be flown to the Category I DH by use of an
approach coupler.
B.Within the previous 6 months, six ILS approaches flown
by use of an approach coupler to the Category I DH.
C.Within the previous 12 calendar months, three ILS
approaches flown by use of an approach coupler to the
Category II DH.
A X
75.To exercise ATP privileges a pilot must hold
A.a third-class medical certificate.
B.a second-class medical certificate.
C.a first-class medical certificate.
C X
76.To satisfy the minimum required instrument
experience for IFR operations, a pilot must accomplish
during the past 6 months at least
A.six instrument approaches, holding, intercepting and
tracking courses through the use of navigation systems in an
approved flight training device/simulator or in the category
of aircraft to be flown.
B.six instrument approaches, three of which must be in the
same category and class of aircraft to be flown, plus holding,
intercepting and tracking courses in any aircraft.
C.six instrument approaches and 6 hours of instrument time,
three of which may be in a glider.
A X
77.Under which condition is a flight engineer required as
a flight crewmember in CCAR Part 121 operations?
A.If the airplane is being flown on proving flights, with
revenue cargo aboard.
B.If the airplane is powered by more than two turbine
engines.
C.If required by the airplane's type certificate.
C X
78.What information must be contained in, or attached to,
the dispatch release for a domestic air carrier flight?
A.Departure airport, intermediate stops, destinations,
alternate airports, and trip number.
B.Names of all passengers on board and minimum fuel
supply.
C.Cargo load, weight and balance data, and identification
number of the aircraft.
A X
79.What information must be included on a domestic air
carrier dispatch release?
A.Evidence that the airplane is loaded according to schedule,
and a statement of the type of operation.
B.Minimum fuel supply and trip number.
C.Company or organization name and identification number of the aircraft.
B X
80.What information must the pilot in command of a
supplemental air carrier flight or commercial operator
carry to the destination airport?
A.Cargo and passenger distribution information.
B.Copy of the flight plan.
C.Names of all crewmembers and designated pilot in
command.
B X
81.What instrument flight time may be logged by a
second-in-command of an aircraft requiring two pilots?
A.All of the time the second-in-command is controlling the
airplane solely by reference to flight instruments.
B.One-half the time the flight is on an IFR flight plan.
C.One-half the time the airplane is in actual IFR conditions.
A X
82.What is one of the requirements that must be met by
an airline pilot to re-establish recency of experience?
A.At least one landing must be made from a circling
approach.
B.At least one full stop landing must be made.
C.At least one precision approach must be made to the
lowest minimums authorized for the certificate holder.
B X
83.What is the minimum number of flight attendants
required on an airplane having a passenger seating
capacity of 238 with only 200 passengers aboard?
A.Five B.Four C.Two
A X
84.What is the minimum number of flight attendants
required on an airplane having a passenger seating
capacity of 238 with only 40 passengers aboard?
A.Six B.Five C.Two
B X
85.What is the minimum number of flight attendants
required on an airplane with a passenger seating capacity
of 333 when 296 passengers are aboard?
A.Seven B.Six C.Five
A X
86. What minimum condition is suggested for declaring
an emergency?
A. Anytime the pilot is doubtful of a condition that could
adversely affect flight safety.
B. When fuel endurance or weather will require an en route
or landing priority.
C. When distress conditions such as fire, mechanical failure,
or structural damage occurs.
A X
87.What recent experience is required to be eligible for
the practical test for the original issue of a Category II
authorization?
A.Within the previous 6 months, six ILS approaches flown
manually to the Category I DH.
B.Within the previous 12 calendar months, six ILS
approaches flown by use of an approach coupler to the
Category I or Category II DH.
C.Within the previous 6 months, six ILS approaches, three of
which may be flown to the Category I DH by use of an
approach coupler.
C X
88.What requirement must be met regarding cargo that
is carried anywhere in the passenger compartment of an
air carrier airplane?
A. The bin in which the cargo is carried may not be installed
in a position that restricts access to, or use of, any exit.
B. The bin in which the cargo is carried may not be installed
in a position that restricts access to, or use of, any aisle in the
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Regulations,Navigation,Aerodynamics,Performance
2010-11-5 Page 6 of 26
passenger compartment.
C. The container or bin in which the cargo is carried must be
made of material which is at least flash resistant.
B X
89.When a flag air carrier airplane lands at an
intermediate airport at 1822Z, what is the latest time it
may continue a flight without receiving a redispatch
authorization?
A.1922Z. B.1952Z. C.0022Z.
C X
90.When a flight engineer is a required crewmember on a
flight, it is necessary for
A.one pilot to hold a flight engineer certificate and be
qualified to perform the flight engineer duties in an
emergency.
B.the flight engineer to be properly certificated and qualified,
but also at least one other flight crewmember must be
qualified and certified to perform flight engineer duties.
C.at least one other flight crewmember to be qualified to
perform flight engineer duties, but a certificate is not
required.
C X
91.When a pilot's flight time consists of 80 hours' pilot in
command in a particular type airplane, how does this
affect the minimums for the destination airport?
A.Has no effect on destination but alternate minimums are
no less than 100m(MDH/DH) and VIS1600m.
B.Minimums are decreased by 30m(MDH/DH) and
800m(VIS).
C.Minimums are increased by 30m(MDH/DH) and
800m(VIS).
C X
92.When a speed adjustment is necessary to maintain
separation, what minimum speed may ATC request of a
arrival aircraft operating below 3,000 meters?
A. Turbojet aircraft, a speed not less than 230 knots. Piton
engine and turboprop aircraft, a speed not less than 150
knots.
B. a speed not less than 210 knots; except 20 miles from
threshold, not less than 170 knots. Piston and turboprop
aircraft. not less than 200 knots; except 20 flying miles from
threshold, not less than 150 knots.
C. Not less than 250 knots
B X
93.When a temporary replacement is received for an
airman's certificate, for what maximum time is this
document valid?
A.60 days. B.90 days. C.120 days.
C X
94.When a turbine-engine-powered airplane is to be
ferried to another base for repair of an inoperative engine,
which operational requirement must be observed?
A.Only the required flight crewmembers may be on board
the airplane.
B.The existing and forecast weather for departure, en route,
and approach must be VFR.
C.No passengers except authorized maintenance personnel
may be carried. A X
95.When a type rating is to be added to an airline
transport pilot certificate, and the practical test is
scheduled in an approved flight training device and/or
approved flight simulator, the applicant is
A.required to have at least a third-class medical certificate.
B.is not required to have a medical certificate.
C.required to have a first-class medical certificate.
B X
96.When an air carrier airplane with a seating capacity of
187 has 67 passengers on board, what is the minimum
number of flight attendants required?
A.Four B.Three C.Two
A X
97.第四次 When may a Category II ILS limitation be
removed?
A.When three Cat II ILS approaches have been completed to
a 150-foot decision height and landing.
B.When six ILS approaches to Category II minimums and
landing have been completed in the past 6 months.
C.120 days after issue or renewal.
A X
98.When may a pilot descend below 100 feet above the
touchdown zone elevation during a Category II ILS
instrument approach when only the approach lights are
visible?
A.After passing the visual descent point (VDP).
B.When the RVR is 1,600 feet or more.
C.When the red terminal bar of the approach light systems
are in sight.
C X
99.Where are the routes listed that require special
navigation equipment?
A.Certificate holder's Operations Specifications
B.International Aeronautical Information Manual
C.International Notices To Airmen
A X
100.Which dispatch requirement applies to an
international air carrier that is scheduled for a 10 hours
IFR flight?
A.No alternate airport is required if the visibility at the
destination airport is desired to be at least 4,800m.
B.An alternate airport is required.
C.An alternate airport is not required if the ceiling at the
destination airport is at least 600m AGL.
B X
101.Which document includes descriptions of the
required crewmember functions to be performed in the
event of an emergency?
A. Airplane Flight Manual.
B. Certificate holder's manual.
C. Pilot's Emergency Procedures Handbook.
B X
102.Which document specifically authorizes a person to
operate an aircraft in a particular geographic area?
A.Operations Specifications.
B.Operating Certificate.
C.Dispatch Release.
A X
103.Which documents are required to be carried aboard
each domestic air carrier flight?
A.Load manifest (or information from it) and flight release.
B.Dispatch release and weight and balance release. C.Dispatch release, load manifest (or information from it),
and flight plan.
C X
104.Which documents are required to be carried aboard
each flag air carrier flight?
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Regulations,Navigation,Aerodynamics,Performance
2010-11-5 Page 7 of 26
A.Dispatch release, flight plan, and weight and balance
release.
B.Load manifest, flight plan, and flight release.
C.Dispatch release, load manifest, and flight plan.
C X
105.Which ground components are required to be
operative for a Category II approach in addition to LOC
glide slope, marker beacons, and approach lights?
A.Radar and RVR.
B.RCLS and REIL
C.HIRL, TDZL, RCLS, and RVR.
C X
106.Which information must be contained in, or attached
to, the dispatch release for a flag air carrier flight?
A.Type of operation (e.g., IFR, VFR), trip number.
B. Total fuel supply and minimum fuel required on board the
airplane.
C.Passenger manifest, company organization name, and
cargo weight.
A X
107.Which is a definition of the term "crewmember"?
A.Only a pilot, flight engineer, or flight navigator assigned to
duty in an aircraft during flight time.
B.A person assigned to perform duty in an aircraft during
flight time.
C.Any person assigned to duty in an aircraft during flight
except a pilot or flight engineer.
B X
108.Which is a definition of the term "flight
crewmember"?
A.a pilot, flight engineer, or flight navigator assigned to duty
in the aircraft during flight time.
B.Any person assigned to perform duty in an aircraft during
flight time.
C.Any person assigned to duty in an aircraft during flight
except a pilot or flight engineer.
A X
109.Which is one of the requirements that must be met by
a required pilot flight crewmember in re-establishing
recency of experience?
A.At least one landing must be made with a simulated failure
of the most critical engine.
B.At least one ILS approach to the lowest ILS minimums
authorized for the certificate holder and a landing from that
approach.
C.At least three landings must be made to a complete stop.
B X
110.Which operational requirement must be observed by
a commercial operator when ferrying a large,
three-engine, turbojet-powered airplane from one facility
to another to repair an inoperative engine?
A.The Airplane Flight Manual must include procedures and
performance data which allow for the safe operation of such
a flight.
B.The existing and forecast weather for departure, en route,
and approach must be VFR.
C.Some passengers may be carried.
A X 111.Which operational requirement must be observed by
a commercial operator when ferrying a large,
three-engine, turbojet-powered airplane from one facility
to another to repair an inoperative engine?
A.The computed takeoff distance to reach V1 must not
exceed 70 percent of the effective runway length.
B.The initial climb cannot be over thickly-populated areas.
C.The existing and forecast weather for departure, en route,
and approach must be VFR.
B X
112.Which passenger announcement(s) must be made
after each takeoff?
A. Keep satety belts fastened while seated and no smoking in
the aircraft lavatories.
B. Passengers should keep seat belts fastened while seated.
C. How to use the passenger oxygen system and that there is
a $1,000 fine for tampering with a smoke detector.
B X
113.Who is responsible, by regulation, for briefing a
domestic or flag air carrier pilot in command on all
available weather information?
A.Company meteorologist.
B.Aircraft dispatcher.
C.Director of operations.
B X
114.Who must the crew of a domestic or flag air carrier
airplane be able to communicate with, under normal
conditions, along the entire route (in either direction) of
flight?
A.ARINC
B.Any FSS
C.Appropriate dispatch office
C X
115.With regard to flight crewmembers duties, which of
the following operations are considered to be in the
"critical phases of flight"?
A. taxi, takeoff, landing, and all other operations conducted
below 3,000 meters MSL, including cruise flight.
B. descent, approach, landing, and taxi operations,
irrespective of altitudes MSL.
C. taxi, takeoff, landing, and all other operations conducted
below 3,000 meters, excluding cruise flight.
C X
Chapter2.Equipment,Navigation& Facilities 机载设备,领航和地面设施
1. TCAS I provides 第一代交通报警及避撞系统提供
A.Traffic and resolution advisories
B.Proximity warning
C.Recommended maneuvers to avoid conflicting traffic
B X
2. Which range of codes should a pilot avoid switching
through when changing transponder codes?切换应答机编码时要避免穿越哪些编码
A. 0000 through 1000.
B. 7200 and 7500 series.
C. 7500, 7600, and 7700 series.
C X
3. Without Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring
(RAIM) capability, the accuracy of the GPS derived 没有接收机自主监控能力对 GPS 信息的精确度的影响是
A. Altitude information should not be relied upon to
determine aircraft altitude.
B. Position is not affected
C. Velocity information should be relied upon to determine
aircraft groundspeed
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Regulations,Navigation,Aerodynamics,Performance
2010-11-5 Page 8 of 26
A X
4. What functions are provided by ILS?仪表着陆系统的功能是
A. Azimuth, distance, and vertical angle.
B. Azimuth, range, and vertical angle.
C. Guidance, range, and visual information.
C X
5. To make all the route aircraft have the same zero
altitude, the altimeter should set on. 为使所有航路飞机有相同的零高度基准,高度表拨正值应设定为
A.the standard air pressure of the mean sea level
B.the standard air pressure of the local station
C.the standard air pressure of the calibrated sea level
A X
6. What are the indications of Precision Approach Path
Indicator (PAPI)?精密进近下滑指引灯光的指示是
A.High-white, on glidepath-red and white; low-red.
B.High-white, on glidepath-green; low-red.
C.High-white and green, on glidepath-green; low-red.
A X
7. What are the indications of the pulsating VASI?闪动目视进近坡度指示灯的指示是
A.High-pulsing white, on glidepath-green, low-pulsing red.
B.High-pulsing white, on glidepath-steady white, slightly
below glide slope steady red, low-pulsing red.
C.High-pulsing white, on course and on glidepath-steady
white, off course but on glidepath-pulsing white and red;
low-pulsing red.
B X
8. What are the line check requirements for the pilot in
command for a domestic air carrier?国内航线飞行的机长的航线检查要求是
A.The line check is required every 12 calendar months in one
of the types of airplanes to be flown.
B.The line check is required only when the pilot is scheduled
to fly into special areas and airports.
C.The line check is required every 12 months in each type
aircraft in which the pilot may fly.
A X
9. What are the lowest Category IIIA minimum? 盲降IIIA 的最低标准是
A.DH 50 feet and RVR 1,200 feet.
B.RVR 1,000 feet
C.RVR 700 feet.
C X
10. What aural and visual indications should be observed
over an ILS inner marker?飞越盲降系统内指点标时,机上的听觉和视觉指示是
A. Continuous dots at the rate of six per second.
B. Continuous dashes at the rate of two per second.
C. Alternate dots and dashes at the rate of two per second.
A X
11. What can a pilot expect if the pitot system ram air
input and drain hole are blocked by ice?全静压系统冲压口和排水孔结冰堵塞,飞行员可以看到
A.The airspeed indicator may act as an altimeter.
B.The airspeed indicator will show a decrease with an
increase in altitude C.No airspeed indicator change will occur during climbs or
descents
A X
12. What does the tri-color VASI consist of?三色目视进近坡度指示灯的组成是
A.Three light bar; red, green, and amber.
B.One light projector with three colors; green,amber,(red)
C.Three glide slopes, each a different color; red, green, and
amber.
B X
13. What facilities may be substituted for an inoperative
middle marker during a Category I ILS approach?一类盲降时,失效的中指点标可以替换为
A.ASR and PAR.
B.The middle marker has no effect on straight-in minimums.
C.Compass locator, PAR, and ASR.
B X
14. What does the blue radial line on the airspeed
indicator of a light, twin-engine airplane represent?轻型双发飞机的空速表上的蓝色标线代表
A.Maximum single-engine rate of climb.
B.Maximum single-engine angle of climb.
C.Minimum controllable airspeed for single-engine
operation.
A X
15. What does the precision Approach Path Indicator
(PAPI) consist of?精密进近下滑道指示灯的组成是
A.Row of four lights parallel to the runway; red, white, and
green.
B.Row of four lights perpendicular to the runway; red and
white.
C.One light projector with two colors; red and white.
B X
16. What does the pulsating VASI consist of?闪动目视坡度指示灯的组成是
A.Three-light system, two pulsing and one steady.
B.Two-light projectors, one pulsing and one steady.
C.One –light project, pulsing white when above glide slope
or red when more than slightly below glide slope, steady
white when on glide slope, steady red for slightly below
glide path.
C X
17. What is corrected altitude (approximate true altitude)?
修正高度(约为真高)是
A.Pressure altitude corrected for instrument error.
B.Indicated altitude corrected for temperature variation from
standard.
C.Density altitude corrected for temperature variation from
standard.
B X
18. What is the advantage of a three-bar VASI?三排目视进近坡度指示灯的优点是
A.Pilots have a choice of glide angles
B.A normal glide angle is afforded both high and low cockpit
aircraft.
C.The three-bar VASI is mush more visible and can be used
at a greater height.
B X
19. What is the advantage of HIRL or MIRL on an IFR
runway as compared to a VFR runway?与目视跑道相比,仪表等级跑道的高强度跑道灯和中强度跑道灯的优点是
A.Lights are closer together and easily distinguished from
surrounding lights B.Amber lights replace white on the last 2,000 feet of
runway for a caution zone
C.Alternate red and white lights replace the white on the last
3,000 feet of runway for caution zone
B X
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Regulations,Navigation,Aerodynamics,Performance
2010-11-5 Page 9 of 26
20. What is the purpose of Runway End Identifier Lights
(REIL)?跑道端指示灯的用途是
A.Identification of a runway surrounded by a preponderance
of other lighting.
B.Identification of the touchdown zone to prevent landing
short.
C.Establish visual descent guidance information during an
approach.
A X
21. What type navigation system is inertial Navigation
System (INS)? A navigation computer which provides
position惯性导航系统是何种导航系统?一台导航计算机通过____提供位置信息
A.From information by compass, airspeed, and an input of
wind and variation data.
B.From radar-type sensors that measure ground speed and
drift angles.
C.By signals fro, self-contained gyros and accelerometers.
C X
22. What type service should normally be expected from
an En Route Flight Advisory Service?航路飞行咨询服务通常提供何种服务
A. Weather advisories pertinent to the type of flight, intended
route of flight, and altitude
B. Severe weather information ,changes in flight plans, and
receipt of position reports.
C. Radar vectors for traffic separation, route weather
advisories, and altimeter settings.
A X
23. When is DME required for an instrument flight?仪表飞行何时需要 DME
A.At or above 24000 feet MSL if VOR navigational
equipment is required
B.In terminal radar service areas
C.Above 12,500 feet MSL
A X
24.When is the course deviation indicator (CDI)
considered to have a full-scale deflection?何时认为航道偏离指示器达到最大偏离
A.When the CDI deflects from full-scale left to full-scale
tight, or vice versa.
B.When the CDI deflects from the center of the scale to
full-scale left or right.
C.When the CDI deflects from half-scale left to half-scale
right, or vice versa.
B X
25. When making an approach to a narrower-than-usual
runway, without VASI assistant, the pilot should be aware
that the approach 向窄跑道进近时,没有 VASI 辅助,飞行员应小心
A.attitude may be higher than it appears.
B.attitude may be lower than it appears.
C.may result in leveling off too high and landing hard.
B X
26. When making an approach to a wider-than-usual
runway, without VASI assistant, there is a tendency 向宽跑道进近,没有 VASI 辅助,会出现什么趋势
A.to fly a lower-than -normal approach. B.to fly a higher-than -normal approach.
C.to fly a normal approach.
B X
27. When must an air carrier airplane be DME equipped?
航线飞机何时必须装配 DME
A. In class e airspace for all IFR or VFR on top operations.
B.Whenever VOR navigational receivers are required
C.For flights at or above FL 180
B X
28. When using cabin heat in light single-engined aircraft
it should be remembered that 轻型单发飞机上使用座舱加温要切记
A.the use of full cabin heat during take-off can degrade the
aircrafts take-off performance
B.there is a possibility that carbon monoxide can be
introduced directly into the cockpit through exhaust leaks in
the heart exchanger
C.cabin heat should be used in cruising flight only, and never
in climbs or descents
B X
29. Which color on a tri-color VASI is a "high" indication?
三色 VASI 的“偏高”位置的指示颜色是
A.Red B.Amber C.Green.
B X
30. Which color on a tri-color VASI is an "on course"
indication?三色 VASI 的“在下滑道上”的指示颜色是
A.Red B.Amber C.Green
C X
31. Which component associated with the ILS is
identified by the first two letters of the localizer
identification group?下列哪个盲降设备可以通过航向台标识的前两个字母识别
A.Inner marker.
B.Middle compass locator.
C.Outer compass locator.
C X
32. When provided, an automatic terminal information
service (ATIS) will assist operations prior to__. 配备后,通播可以在什么之前协助运行
A. the commencement of final approach
B. enter TMA
C. the commencement of initial approach
A X
33. Which "rule-of-thumb" may be used to approximate
the rate of descent required for a 3 glide path?粗略计算 3
度下滑道所需的下降率的一般规律的
A.5times groundspeed in knots.
B. 8times groundspeed in knots.
C.10 times groundspeed in knots.
A X
34. Which airplanes are required to be equipped with a
ground proximity warning glide slope deviation alerting
system?哪些飞机需要装备近地警告下滑道偏离报警系统
A.All turbine powered airplanes
B.Passenger -carrying turbine-powered airplanes only
C.Large turbine-powered airplanes only
A X
35. Which equipment requirement must be met by an air
carrier that elects to use a dual inertial Navigation
System (INS) on a proposed flight?航线飞行中使用两套惯导系统导航必须满足什么设备要求
A.The dual system must consist of two operative INS units.
B.A dual VORTAC/ILS system may be substituted for an inoperative INS.
C.Only one INDS is required to be operative, if a Doppler
Radar is substituted for the other INS.
C X
36. Which facility may be substituted for the middle
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Regulations,Navigation,Aerodynamics,Performance
2010-11-5 Page 10 of 26
marker during a Category I ILS approach?一类盲降进近哪个设备可以代替中指点标
A.VOR/DME FIX
B.Surveillance radar
/C.Compass locator
C X
37. which rule applies to the use of the cockpit voice
recorder erasure feature?驾驶舱话音记录器的可擦除特性的规则是
A.All recorded information may be erased, except for the last
30 minutes prior to landing.
B.Any information more than 30 minutes old may be erased
C.All recorded information may be erased, unless the NTSB
needs to be notified of an occurrence.
B X
38. Which pressure is defined as station pressure?下列哪个可定义为场压
A.Altimeter setting.
/B.Actual pressure at field elevation.
C.Station barometric pressure reduced to sea level.
B X
39. Within what frequency range does the localizer
transmitter of the ILS operate?盲降系统航向台发射频率
A.108.10 to 118.10 MHZ
/B.108.10 to 111.95 MHZ
C.108.10 to 117.95 MHZ.
B X
40. (Refer to Figure 2-10) This is an example of 这是个
A.An ILS Critical Area Holding Position Sign
B.A runway Boundary Sign
C.An ILS Critical Area Boundary Sign
C X
41. (Refer to Figure 2-11) What is the runway distance
remaining at "A" for a daytime takeoff in runway 9?昼间9 号跑道起飞在 A 位置时剩余跑道距离为
A.1,000 feet B.1,500 feet C.2,000 feet
A X
42. (Refer to Figure 2-12) what is the runway distance
remaining at "A" for a nighttime takeoff on runway 9?夜间 9 号跑道起飞在 A 处剩余跑道距离为
A.1,000 feet B.2,000 feet C.2,500 feet
B X
43. (Refer to Figure 2-12) What is the runway distance
remaining at "B" for a daytime takeoff on runway 9?昼间 9 号跑道起飞在 B 处剩余跑道距离为
A.2,000 feet B.2,500 feet C.3,000 feet
C X
45. (Refer to Figure 2-12) What is the runway distance
remaining at "D" for a daytime takeoff on runway 9?昼间 9 号跑道起飞在 D 处剩余跑道距离为
A.500 feet B.1,000feet C.1,500 feet
B X
46. (Refer to Figure 2-13) What is the runway distance
remaining at "A" for a nighttime takeoff on runway 9?夜间 9 号跑道起飞在 A 处跑道剩余距离为
A.2,000 feet B.3,000 feet C.3,500 feet.
B X
47. (Refer to Figure 2-13) What is the runway distance
remaining at "B" for a nighttime takeoff on runway 9?夜间 9 号跑道起飞在 B 处跑道剩余距离为
A.1,000 feet B.2,000 feet C.2,500 feet.
B X
48. (Refer to Figure 2-13) What is the runway distance
remaining at "C" for a nighttime takeoff on runway 9?夜间 9 号跑道起飞在 C 处跑道剩余距离为
A.1,000 feet B.1,500 feet C.1,800 feet.
A X
49. (Refer to Figure 2-13) What is the runway distance
remaining at "E" for a daytime takeoff on runway 9?昼间 9 号跑道起飞在 E 处跑道剩余距离为
A.1,500 feet B.2,000 feet C.2,500 feet
B X
50. (Refer to Figure 2-1and 2-2) To which aircraft
position does HSI presentation "A" respond?图 A 的 HSI
指示对应下列哪个飞机的位置
A.1 B.8 C.11
A X
51. (Refer to Figure 2-1and 2-2) To which aircraft
position does HSI presentation "C" respond?图 C 的 HSI
的指示对应下列哪个飞机的位置
A.6 B.7 C.12
C X
52. (Refer to Figure 2-1and 2-2) To which aircraft
position does HSI presentation "D" correspond?图 D 的HIS 指示对应下列哪个飞机的位置
A.4 B.15 C.17
C X
53. (Refer to Figure 2-1and 2-2) To which aircraft
position does HSI presentation "E "or respond?图 E 的HIS 指示对应下列哪个飞机的位置
A.5 B.5 (6) C.15
B X
54. (Refer to Figure 2-3) On which radial is the aircraft as
indicated by the NO.1 NAV? 1 号 NAV 中指示飞机在哪条径向线上
A.R-175 B.R-165 C.R-345
C X
55. (Refer to Figure 2-3) What is the lateral displacement
in degrees from the desired radial on the NO.2 NAV? 2 号NAV 指示飞机偏离预选航道多少度
A.1 B.-2 C.-4
C X
56. (Refer to Figure 2-3) What is the lateral displacement
of the aircraft in nautical miles from the radial selected
on the No.1 NAV? 1 号 NAV 指示飞机偏离预选航道的横向偏离距离是
A.5.0NM B.7.5NM C.10.0NM
A X
57. (Refer to Figure 2-3) Which OBS selection on the No.2
NAV would center the CDI and change the ambiguity
indication to a TO? 2 号 NAV 的 OBS 调整到多少可以使CDI 回中并指示 TO
A.166 B.346 C.354
C X
58. (Refer to Figure 2-6) What is the magnetic bearing
TO the station as indicated by illustration 4?图 4 指示电台方位角为
A.285 B.055 C.235
B X
59. (Refer to Figure 2-6) Which RMI illustration
indicates the aircraft is southwest of the station and
moving closer TO the station?下列哪个 RMI 指示飞机在电台西南并在靠近导航台
A.1 B.2 C.3
A X
60. (Refer to Figure 2-6) Which RMI illustration
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Regulations,Navigation,Aerodynamics,Performance
2010-11-5 Page 11 of 26
indicates the aircraft to be flying outbound on the
magnetic bearing of 235 FROM the station ?(wind050 at
20 knots)下列哪个 RMI 指示飞机在磁方位角 235 上背台飞行(风向 050 风速 20 节)
A.2 B.3 C.4
B X
61. (Refer to Figure 2-9) This sign, which faces the
runways and is visible to the pilot, indicates 该标志牌面向跑道,可以让飞行员看到,表示
A.A point at which the pilot should contact ground control
without being instructed by tower
B.A point at which the aircraft will be clear of runway
C.The point at which the emergency arresting gear is
stretched across the runway.
B X
62. (Refer to Figures 2-4 and 2-5) To which aircraft
position does HSI presentation "B" correspond?图 B 的HSI 指示对应下列哪个飞机的位置
A.11 B.5 and 13 C.7and 11
B X
63. (Refer to Figures 2-4 and 2-5) To which aircraft
position does HSI presentation "H" correspond? 图 H 的HSI 指示对应下列哪个飞机的位置
A.8 B.1 C.2
B X
64. (Refer to Figures 2-4 and 2-5) To which aircraft
position does HSI presentation "I" correspond? 图 I 的HSI 指示对应下列哪个飞机的位置
A.4 B.12 C.11
C X
65. (Refer to Figures 2-4 and 2-5)To which aircraft
position does HSI presentation "A" correspond? 图 A 的HSI 指示对应下列哪个飞机的位置
A.9and6 B.9 only C.6 only
A X
66. (Refer to Figures 2-7a and 2-8) Which displacement
from the localizer and glide slope at the 1.9 NM point is
indicated?图中 1.9 海里处飞机偏离航向道和下滑道多少
A.710 feet to the left of the localizer centerline and 140 feet
below the glide slope.
B.710 fee to the right of the localizer centerline and 140 feet
above the glide slope.
C.430 feet to the right of the localizer centerline and 28 feet
above the glide slope.
B X
67. (Refer to Figures 2-7b and 2-8) Which displacement
from the localizer centerline and glide slope at the
1,3000-foot point from the runway is indicated? 图中1300 英尺处飞机偏离航向道和下滑道多少
A.21 feet below the glide slope and approximately 320 feet
to the right of the runway centerline.
B.28 feet above the glide slope and approximately 250 feet to
the left of the runway centerline.
C.21 feet above the glide slope and approximately 320 feet to
the left of the runway centerline.
C X
68.A function of the Minimum Equipment List is to
indicate required items which 最低设备清单的一个功能是指明______所需的项目
A.Are required to operative for overwater passenger air
carrier flights.
B.May be inoperative for a one-time ferry flight of a large
airplane to a maintenance base.
/C.May be inoperative prior to beginning a flight in an
aircraft.
C X
69. A Land and Hold Short Operations (LAHSO)
clearance, that the pilot accepts:飞行员接受后,着陆和跑道外等待指令
A.Must be adhered to.
B.Does not preclude rejected landing.
C.Precludes a rejected landing.
B X
70. A pilot approaching to land a turbine-powered
aircraft on a runway served by a VASI shall 涡轮发动机飞机在有 VASI 的跑道上着陆,进近时,飞行员应该
A.Not use the VASI unless a clearance for a VASI approach
is received.
B.Use the VASI only when weather conditions are below
basic VFR.
C.Maintain an altitude at or above the glide slope until a
lower altitude is necessary for a safe landing.
C X
71. A pilot of a high-performance airplane should be
aware that flying a steeper-than-normal VASI glide slope
angle may result in 高性能飞机飞行员应该注意:VASI 辅助下大坡度进近会导致
A. A hard landing.
//B. Increased landing rollout.
C. Landing short of the runway threshold.
B X
72. Airport information signs, used to provide destination
or information, have 机场信息标牌用来提供目的地等信息,它有
A.Yellow inscriptions on a black background
B.White inscriptions on a black background
/C.Black inscriptions on a yellow background
C X
73. An air carrier airplane's airborne radar must be in
satisfactory operating condition prior to dispatch, if the
flight will be 如果飞行______,航线飞机的机载雷达在飞行前必须工作良好
A.Conducted under VFR conditions at night with scattered
thunderstorms reported en route
B.Carrying passengers, but not if it is "all cargo"
C.Conducted IFR, and ATC is able to radar vector the flight
around areas of weather
A X
74. An air carrier operates a flight in VFR over-the-top
conditions. What radio navigation equipment is required
to be a dual installation?执行云上目视飞行。什么无线电导航设备需要安装两套
A.VOR B.VOR and ILS C.VOR and DME
A X
75. Below FL180, en route weather advisories should be
obtained from an FSS on 飞行高度层 180 以下,航路气象情报应该从 FSS 上获得,其频率为
A.122.1MHz B.122.0MHZ C.123.6MHz
B X
76. During an en route descent in a fixed-thrust and
fixed-pitch attitude configuration, both the ram air input
and drain hole of the pitot system become completely
blocked by ice. What airspeed indication can be expected?
固定推力和固定飞机仰角执行航路下降,全静压系统冲压口和排水孔完全冰封,则空速指示会
A.Increase in indicated airspeed.
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Regulations,Navigation,Aerodynamics,Performance
2010-11-5 Page 12 of 26
B.Decrease in indicated airspeed.
C.Indicated airspeed remains at the value prior to icing
B X
77. En route at FL270, the altimeter is set correctly. On
descent, a pilot fails to set the local altimeter setting of
30.57.If the field elevation is 650feet,and the altimeter is
functioning properly, what will it indicate upon landing?
航路飞行高度层 270,高度表设定正确。下降中飞行员没有将高度表拨正为场压 30.57。如果机场标高 650 英尺,高度表工作正常,着落时高度指示为
A.585feet B.1.300feet C.Sea level
C X
78. For the purpose of testing the flight recorder system.
测试飞行数据记录系统
A.A minimum of 1 hour of the oldest recorded data must be
erased to get a valid test
/B.A total of 1 hour of the oldest recorded data accumulated
at the time of testing may be erased
C.A total of no more than 1 hour of recorded data may be
erased
B X
79. GPS instrument approach operations, outside the
United States, must be authorized by 美国境外使用 GPS
进行仪表进近,必须获得谁的批准
A. The FAA-approved aircraft flight manual (AFM) or flight
manual supplement
B. A sovereign country or government unit
C. The FAA Administrator only
B X
80. Holding line markings at the intersection of taxiways
and runways consist of four lines (two solid and two
dashed) that extend across the width of taxiway, These
lines are 交叉滑行道和跑道上的等待位置标志由四条线构成(两实线和两虚线),长度等于滑行道宽度。这些标志
A.White in color and the dashed lines are nearest the runway
B.Yellow in color and the dashed lines are nearest the
runway
C.Yellow in color and the solid lines are nearest the runway
B X
81. Holding position signs have 等待位置标牌是
A.White inscriptions on a red background
B.Red inscriptions on a white background
C.Yellow inscriptions on a red background
A X
82. How can a pilot identify a lighted heliport at night?飞行员夜间如何识别有灯标的直升机场
//A.Green yellow and white beacon light
B.White and red beacon light with dual flash of the white
C.Green and white beacon light with dual flash of the white
A X
83. How long is cockpit voice recorder and flight recorder
data kept, in the event of accident or occurrence resulting
in terminating the flight?出现导致中止飞行的事故或事件时,驾驶舱语音记录器和飞行数据记录仪的数据需要保存多久
A.60days B.90days C.30days
A X
84. Identify REIL. 识别跑道端识别灯
A.Amber lights for the first 2,000 feet of runway.
B.Green lights at the threshold and red lights at far end of
runway.
C.Synchronized flashing lights laterally at each side of the
runway threshold.
C X
85. Identify runway remaining lighting on centerline
lighting systems 识别跑道中线灯指示的跑道剩余距离
A.Amber lights from 3000 feet to 1,000 feet, then alternate
red and white lights to the end
B.Alternate red and white lights from 3,000 feet to 1,000 feet,
then red lights to the end
C.Alternate red and white lights from3,000 feet to the end of
the runway
B X
86. Identify touchdown zone lighting (TDZL)识别接地区灯光
A.Two rows of transverse light bars disposed symmetrically
about the runway centerline
B.Flush centerline lights spaced at 50-foot intervals
extending through the touchdown zone
C.Alternate white and green centerline lights extending from
75 feet from the threshold through the touchdown zone
A X
87. Identify the runway distance remaining markers 识别跑道剩余距离标志
A.Signs with increments of 1,000 feet distance remaining
B.Red markers laterally placed across the runway at 3.000
feet from the end
C.Yellow marker laterally placed across the runway with
signs on the side denoting distance to end
A X
88. If a required instrument on a multiengine airplane
becomes inoperative, which document dictates whether
the flight may continue en route?多发飞机上所需的仪表航路飞行中失效后,哪个文件决定是否可以继续飞行
A. An approved Minimum Equipment list for the airplane.
B. Original dispatch release.
C. Certificate holder's manual.
C X
89. If an air carrier airplane is flying IFR using a single
ADF navigation receiver and the ADF equipment fails,
the flight must be able to 如果航线飞机使用单套 ADF 设备执行仪表飞行,且设备失效,则飞行必须能够
A.Proceed safely to a suitable airport using VOR aids and
complete an instrument approach by use of the remaining
airplane system.
B.Continue to the destination airport by means of dead
reckoning navigation
C.Proceed to a suitable airport using VOR aids complete an
instrument approach and land.
A X
90. If an air carrier airplane's airborne radar is
inoperative and thunderstorms are forecast along the
proposed route of flight, an airplane may be dispatched
only 如果航线飞机机载雷达故障且航路预报有雷暴,则签派放行必须满足:
A.When able to climb and descend VFR and maintain
VFR/OT en route
B.In VFR conditions
C.In day VFR conditions
C X
91. If an airborne checkpoint is used to check the VOR
system for IFR operations, the maximum bearing error
permissible is 用空中检查点检查 VOR,则最大容许误差
A.Plus or minus 6 B.Plus 6 or minus 4 C.Plus or minus4?
A X
92. If both the ram air input and drain hole of the pitot
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Regulations,Navigation,Aerodynamics,Performance
2010-11-5 Page 13 of 26
system are blocked by ice, what airspeed indication can
be expected?全静压系统的冲压空气入口和排水孔都被并堵塞,空速指示会有什么变化
A.No variation of indicated airspeed in level flight if large
power changes are made
B.Decrease of indicated airspeed during a climb
C.Constant indicated airspeed during a descent
A X
93. If Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring (RAIM)
is not available when setting up for GPS approach , the
pilot should 进行 GPS 进近时无 RAIM,飞行员应该
A. Continue to the MAP and hold until the satellites are
recaptured .
B. Proceed as to cleared to the IAF and hold until satellite
reception is satisfactory ,
C. Select another type of navigation aid.
C X
94. In conducting Land and Hold Short Operations
(LAHSO), the pilot should have readily available: 执行LAHSO 程序时,飞行员应该已经获得下列情报
A.The published Available Landing Distance (ALD), landing
performance of the aircraft, and slope of all LAHSO
combinations at the destination airport.
B.The published runway length and slope for all LAHSO
combinations at the airport of intended landing.
C.The landing performance of the aircraft, published
Available Landing Distance (ALD) for all LAHSO
combinations at the airport of intended landing, plus the
forecast winds.
A X
95. An air carrier that elects to use an Inertial Navigation
System (INS) must meet with which equipment
requirement prior to takeoff on a proposed flight?选择使用惯导系统的飞机在起飞前必须满足什么设备要求
A. The INS system must consist of two operative INS unit
B. Only one INS is required to be operative, if a Doppler
Radar is substituted for other INS.
C. A dual VORTAC/ ILS system may be substituted for an
inoperative INS.
B X
Chapter 3. Aerodynamics 空气动力学
1. One purpose of high-lift devices is to
增升装置的作用之一
A.- increase the load factor.
B.delay stall.
C.increase airspeed.
B X
2.What is a feature of air movement in a high pressure
area?高压区空气流动的特点
A. Ascending from the surface high to lower pressure at
higher altitudes.
B. Descending to the surface and then outward.
C. Moving outward from the center at high altitudes and into
the center at the surface. B X
3.The Krueger flap extends from the leading edge of the
wing, increasing its 克鲁格襟翼从机翼前缘伸出,增加翼
A.angle of attack B.camber C.energy
B X
4.The leading edge of an advancing cold air mass is .
前进冷气团的前端叫做
A. warm front. B. stationary front. C. cold front.
C X
5.The primary purpose of high-lift devices is to increase
the 增升装置的主要作用是增加
A.-L/Dmax.
B.-Lift at low speeds.
C.-Drag and reduce airspeed.
B X
6.To avoid the wingtip vortices of a departing jet airplane
during takeoff, the pilot should 起飞时为避开前面离场喷气机的翼尖涡,飞行员应该
A. Lift off at a point well past the jet airplane's flight path.
B. Climb above and stay upwind of the jet airplane's flight
path.
C. Remain below the flight path of the jet airplane.
B X
7.Upon which factor does wing loading during a level
coordinated turn in smooth air depend?平稳空气中水平协调转弯,翼载荷取决于
A.Rate of turn B.Angle of bank C.True airspeed
B X
8.What action is expected of an aircraft upon landing at a
controlled airport?管制机场着陆时,飞机应该
A. continue taxiing in the landing direction until advised by
the tower to switch to ground control frequency.
B. exit the runway at the nearest suitable taxiway and remain
on tower frequency until instructed otherwise
C. exit the runway at the nearest suitable taxiway and switch
to ground control upon crossing the taxiway holding lines.
B X
9.What action is required prior to takeoff if snow is
adhering to the wings of an air carrier airplane?起飞前机翼积雪,应该采取什么措施
A. sweep off as much snow as possible and the residue must
be polished smooth.
B. Assure that the snow is removed from the airplane.
C. Add 15 knots to the normal VR speed as the snow will
blow off.
B X
10.What action shall the pilot in command take if it
becomes necessary to shut down one of the two engines
on an air carrier airplane?航线飞机关闭双发中的一发后,机长必须采取什么行动
A. Land at the airport which the pilot considers to be as safe
as the nearest suitable airport in point of time.
B. Land at the nearest suitable airport in point of time at
which a safe landing can be made.
C. Land at the nearest airport, including military what has a
crash an rescue unit.
B X
11.What action should a pilot take when a clearance
appears to be contrary to a regulation?管制许可与法规抵触时,飞行员应该
A.Request a clarification from the ATC.
B.Read the clearance back entirely.
C.Do not accept the clearance. A X
12.What action should a pilot take when he is uncertain
of the meaning of an ATC clearance?不明白管制指令时,飞行员应该
A.Do not accept the clearance.
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Regulations,Navigation,Aerodynamics,Performance
2010-11-5 Page 14 of 26
B.Request a clarification from the ATC.
C.Read the clearance back entirely.
B X
13.What action should be taken by the pilot in command
of a transport category airplane if the airborne weather
radar becomes inoperative en route on an IFR flight for
which weather reports indicate possible thunderstorms?
航路仪表飞行中机载雷达失效,且预报航路有雷暴,则运输类飞机的机长应该
A.Request radar vector from ATC to the nearest suitable
airport and land
B.Proceed in accordance with the approved instructions and
procedures specified in the operationsmanual for such an
event
C.Return to the departure airport if the thunderstorms have
not been encountered. and there is enough fuel remaining
B X
14.What action should be taken if one of the two VHF
radios fail while IFR in controlled airspace?管制空域仪表飞行,两套甚高频无线电中一套失效,则应该
A. Notify ATC immediately.
B. Squawk 7600.
C. Monitor the VOR receiver
A X
15.What affects indicated stall speed?_影响指示失速速度
A. Weight, load factor, and power
B. Load factor , angle of attack ,and power
C. Angle of attack, weight, and airspeed
A X
16.What effect does the leading edge slot in the wing have
on performance?前缘缝翼对机翼气动性能的影响是
A. Decrease profile drag.
B. Changes the stalling angle of attack to a higher angle.
C. Decelerates the upper surface boundary layer air.
B X
17.What effect would a light crosswind have on the
wingtip vortices generated by a large airplane that has
just taken off?小侧风对刚起飞大型机产生的翼尖涡作用:
A. The upwind vortex will tend to remain on the runway
longer than the downwind vortex.
B. A crosswind will rapidly dissipate the strength of both
vortices.
C. The downwind vortex will tend to remain on the runway
longer than the upwind vortex.
A X
18.What flight condition should be expected when an
aircraft leaves ground effect?飞机离开地面效应需要
A.An increase in induced drag requiring a higher angle of
attack.
B.A decrease in parasite drag permitting a lower angle of
attack.
C.An increase in dynamic stability.
A X
19.What is a characteristic of longitudinal instability?
俯仰不稳定性的特点是
A.Pitch oscillations becoming progressively greater.
B.Bank oscillations becoming progressively greater.
C.Aircraft constantly tries to pitch down. A X
20.What is a purpose of flight spoilers?飞行扰流板作用:
A.-Increase the camber of the wing.
B.-Reduce lift without increasing airspeed.
C.-Direct airflow over the top of the wing at high angles of
attack.
B X
21.What is load factor?载荷因数是
A.Lift multiplied by the total weight.
B.Lift subtracted from the total weight.
C.Lift divided by the total weight.
C X
22.What is movement of the center pressure when the
wingtips of a swept wing airplane are stalled first?后掠翼飞机翼尖先失速,压力中心的移动
A.inward and aft
B.inward and forward
C.outward and forward
B X
23.What is one disadvantage of a swept wing design?
后掠翼的缺点之一是
A.The wing root stalls prior to the wingtip section.
B.The wingtip section stalls prior to the wing root.
C.Severe pitch down moment when the center of pressure
shifts forward.
B X
24.What is the condition known as when gusts cause a
swept wing-type airplane to roll in one direction while
yawing in the other?突风使后掠翼飞机向一个方向滚转,同时向另一方向偏航的情况称为
A.Porpoise. B.Wingover. C.Dutch roll
C X
25.What is the effect on total drag of an aircraft if the
airspeed decreases in level flight below that speed for
maximum L/D?低于最大升阻比速度平飞,空速减小,总阻力
A.Drag increases because of increased induced drag.
B.Drag increases because of increased parasite drag.
C.Drag decreases because of lower induced drag.
A X
26.What is the primary function of the leading edge flaps
in landing configuration during the flare before
touchdown?着陆构型中前缘襟翼在接地前拉平阶段主要起作用
A.prevent flow separation.
B.decrease rate of sink.
C.increase profile drag.
A X
27.What is the principal advantage of a sweepback design
wing over a straight wing design?后掠翼相比平直翼的主要优点是
A.The critical Mach number will increase significantly.
B.Sweepback will increase changes in the magnitude of force
coefficients due to compressibility.
C.Sweepback will accelerate the onset of compressibility
effect.
A X
28.What is the purpose of a control tab?控制片的作用
A.Move the flight controls in the event of manual reversion.
B.Reduce control forces by deflecting in the proper direction
to move a primary flight control.
C.Prevent a control surface from moving to a full-deflection
position due to aerodynamic forces. A X
29.What is the purpose of a servo tab?伺服片的作用
A.Move the flight controls in the event of manual reversion.
B. Reduce control forces by deflecting in the proper direction
to move a primary flight control.
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Regulations,Navigation,Aerodynamics,Performance
2010-11-5 Page 15 of 26
C. Prevent a control surface from moving to a full-deflection
position due to aerodynamic forces.
B X
30.What is the purpose of an elevator trim tab?升降舵配平片的作用
A.Provide horizontal balance as airspeed is increased to
allow hands-off flight.
B.Adjust the speed tail load for different airspeeds in flight
allowing neutral control forces.
C.Modify the downward tail load for various airspeeds in
flight eliminating flight-control pressures.
C X
31.What is the reason for variations in geometric pitch
along a propeller or rotor blade?螺旋桨或旋翼桨叶(从桨尖到桨根)的几何桨叶角变化的原意是
A.It permits a relatively constant angle of attack along its
length when in cruising flight.
B.It prevents the portion of the blade near the hub or root
from stalling during cruising flight.
C.It permits a relatively constant angle of incidence along its
length when in cruising flight.
A X
32.what is the relationship between induced and parasite
drag when the gross weight is increased?全重增加,诱导阻力和废阻力的变化关系是
A.parasite drag increases more than induced drag
B. induced drag increases more than parasite drag
C. both parasite and induced drag are equally increased.
B X
33.What is the relationship of the rate of turn with the
radius of turn with a constant angle of bank but
increasing airspeed? 坡度恒定、空速增加,转弯率和转弯半径的变化关系是
A.-rate will decrease and radius will increase.
B.Rate will decrease and radius will decrease.
C.Rate and radius will increase.
A X
34.What is the result of a shock-induced separation of
airflow occurring near the wing root of a swept wing
aircraft?后掠翼翼根处由激波引起的气流分离的后果是
A.-A high-speed stall and sudden pitch up
B.A severe moment or "tuck under"
C.-Severe porpoising
B X
35.What taxi action is expected of an aircraft upon
landing at a controlled airport?管制机场着陆时滑行需要
A. continue taxiing in the landing direction.
B. exit the runway at the any suitable taxiway, or make a 180
degrees turn on the runway if overshot a expect taxiway.
C. exit the runway at the nearest suitable taxiway without
delay.
C X
36.What true airspeed and angle of attack should be used
to generate the same amount of lift as altitude is
increased?高度升高,要产生相同升力,真空速和迎角应
A. The same true airspeed and angle of attack
B. A higher true airspeed for any given angle of attack
C. A lower true airspeed and higher angle of attack B X
37.What will be the ratio between airspeed and lift if the
angle of attack and other factors remain constant and
airspeed is doubled? lift will be 如果迎角和其他参数恒定、空速加一倍,升力增大几倍
A.The same. B.Two times greater. C.Four times greater.
C X
38.When are inboard ailerons normally used?通常何时使用内侧副翼
A.Low-speed flight only.
B.High-speed flight only.
C.Low-speed and high-speed flight.
C X
39.Which condition would INITIALLY cause the
indicated airspeed and pitch to increase and sink rate to
decrease?下列哪个条件可以在刚开始使得空速、仰角增大,而下沉率减小
A. Sudden increase in a headwind component.
B. Sudden decrease in a headwind component.
C. Tailwind which suddenly increase in velocity.
A X
40.Which direction from the primary control surface
does a servo tab move?伺服片与主操纵面偏转方向
A.Some direction.
B.Opposite direction.
C.Remains fixed for all positions.
B X
41.Which direction from the primary control surface
does an anti-servo tab move?反伺服片与主操纵面偏转__
A.Same direction.
B.Opposite direction.
C.Remains fixed for all positions
A X
42.Which direction from the primary control surface
does an elevator adjustable trim tab move when the
control surface is moved?当升降舵偏转后,升降舵配平片偏转方向与升降舵偏转方向
A.Same direction.
B.Opposite direction.
C.Remains fixed for all positions.
C X
43.Which flight conditions of a large jet airplane create
the most severe flight hazard by generating wingtip
vortices of the greatest strength? 什么状态的大型喷气机会产生最大强度的翼尖涡并造成最严重的飞行危险条件
A. Heavy, slow, gear and flaps up.
B. Heavy, slow, gear and flaps down.
C. Heavy, fast, gear and flaps down.
A X
44.Which is a purpose of ground spoilers?地面扰流板作用
A. Reduce the wings lift upon landing
B. Aid in rolling an airplane into turn.
C. Increase the rate of descent with out gaining airspeed.
A X
45.Which is a purpose of leading-edge slats on
high-performance wings?高性能机翼前缘缝翼的作用
A.-Decrease lift at relative slow speeds.
B.-Improve aileron control during low angles of attack.
C.-Direct air from the high pressure area under the leading
edge along the top of the wing.
C X
46.Which is a purpose of the leading-edge flaps?前缘襟翼的作用是
A.Increase the camber of the wing.
B.Reduce lift without increasing airspeed.
C.Direct airflow over the top of the wing at high angles of
attack.
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Regulations,Navigation,Aerodynamics,Performance
2010-11-5 Page 16 of 26
A X
47.Which is a purpose of wing-mounted vortex
generators?机翼安装的涡流发生器的作用是
A. Reduce the drag caused by supersonic flow over portions
of the wing
B. Increase the onset of drag divergence and aid in aileron
effectiveness at high speed
C. Break the airflow over the wing so the stall will progress
from the root out to the tip of the wing
A X
48.Which is true regarding the forces acting on an
aircraft in a steady-state descent? The sum of all 稳定下降的飞机上作用力的总和为
A.-upward forces is less than the sum of all downward
forces.
B.-rearward forces is greater than the sum of all forces.
C.-forward forces is equal to the sum of all rearward forces.
C X
49.Which of the following are considered primary flight
controls?下列哪个是主飞行操纵面
A.Tabs. B.Flaps. C.Outboard ailerons.
C X
50.Which of the following is not the way of increasing
MCRIT in jet transport designs 下列不是喷气运输机设计中增大临界马赫数的方式的是
A. give the wing a lower camber
B. increase wing sweep.
C.add slats
C X
51.Which statement is true concerning the wake
turbulence produced by a large transport aircraft?下列关于大型运输机产生的尾流的陈述,哪个正确
A. Vortices can be avoided by flying 300 feet below and
behind the flight path of the generating aircraft.
B. The vortex characteristics of any given aircraft may be
altered by extending the flaps or changing the speed.
C. Wake turbulence behind a propeller-driven aircraft is
negligible because jet engine thrust is a necessary factor in
the formation of vortices.
B X
52.while maintaining a constant angle of bank and
altitude in a coordinated turn, an increase in airspeed
will 协调转弯中保持恒定坡度和高度,空速增大会
A.decrease the rate of turn resulting in a decreased load
factor.
B.decrease the rate of turn resulting in no change in load
factor
C.increase the rate of turn resulting in no change in load
factor
B X
53.While making prolonged constant rate turns under
IFR conditions, an abrupt head movement can create the
illusion of rotation on an entirely different axis. This is
known as 仪表飞行中保持恒定转弯率转弯,头部的突然转动会使人产生天旋地转的错觉,这种错觉称为
A. Autokinesis. B.Coriolis illusion. C.the leans.
B X
54.Wingtip vortices created by large aircraft tend to 大型机产生的翼尖涡倾向于
A. Sink below the aircraft generating the turbulence.
B. Rise from the surface to traffic pattern altitude.
C. Accumulate and remain for a period of time at the point
where the takeoff roll began.
A X
55.Why do some airplanes equipped with
inboard/outboard ailerons use the outboards for slow
flight only?为什么有些装配内/外侧副翼的飞机仅在低速时使用外侧副翼
A.-Increased surface area provides greater controllability
with flap extension.
B.-Aerodynamic loads on the outboard ailerons tend to twist
the wingtips at high speeds.
C.-Locking out the outboard ailerons in high-speed flight
provides variable flight control feel.
B X
56.Why is it necessary to increase back elevator pressure
to maintain altitude during a turn? To compensate for the
为什么需要在转弯时增加拉杆力控制升降舵来保持高度?是为了补偿
A.loss of the vertical component of lift
B.loss of the horizontal component of lift and the increase in
centrifugal force
C.rudder deflection and slight opposite aileron throughout
the turn
A X
57.Why must the angle of attack be increased during a
turn to maintain altitude?为何转弯时需增大迎角保持高度
A.Compensate for loss of vertical component of lift
B.Increase the horizontal component of lift equal to the
vertical component
C.Compensate for increase in drag
A X
58Within what mach range does transonic fight regimes
usually occur?跨音速飞行通常在马赫数多大范围内
A.-.50 to .75 mach
B.-.75 to .1.20 mach
C.-1.20 to 2.50 mach
B X
59.Airflow separation over the wing can be delayed by
using vortex generators.使用涡流发生器延缓上翼面气流分离的原因是其
A.Directing high pressure air over the top of the wing or flap
through slots and making the wing surface smooth.
B.Directing a suction over the top of the wing or flap through
slots and making the wing surface smooth.
C. Making the wing surface rough and/or directing high
pressure air over the top of the wing or flap through slots.
C X
60.At what Mach range does de subsonic flight range
normally occur?超音速飞行马赫数范围是
A.Below.75 Mach.
B.From.75 to 1.20 Mach.
C.From.1.20 to 2.5. Mach.
A X
61.At which speed will increasing the pitch attitude cause
an airplane to climb?什么速度下增加迎角会使飞机爬升
A.Low speed. B.High speed. C.Any speed.
B X
62.By changing the angle of attack of a wing, the pilot can
control the airplane's 改变机翼迎角,飞行员可控制飞机的
A.lift, gross weight, and drag.
B.lift, airspeed, and drag.
C.lift and airspeed, but not drag.
B X
63.Describe dynamic longitudinal stability 描述俯仰动稳
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Regulations,Navigation,Aerodynamics,Performance
2010-11-5 Page 17 of 26
定性
A.Motion about the longitudinal.
B.Motion about the lateral axis.
C.Motion about the vertical axis.
B X
64. For a given angle of bank, the load factor imposed on
both the aircraft and pilot in a coordinated
constant-altitude turn 坡度不变,协调水平转弯中施加在飞机和飞行员身上的载荷因数
A.is directly related to the airplane's gross weight.
B.varies with the rate of turn.
C.is constant
C X
65.For which purpose may flight spoilers be used?飞行扰流板的作用
A.Reduce the wings' lift upon landing.
B.Increase the rate of descent without increasing
aerodynamic drag.
C.Aid in longitudinal balance when rolling an airplane into a
turn.
A X
66.How can an airplane produce the same lift in ground
effect as when out of ground effect?飞机如何在地面效应中产生与地面效应外相同的升力
A.The same angle of attack.
B.A lower angle of attack.
C.A higher angle of attack.
B X
67.How can the pilot increase the rate of turn and
decrease the radius at the same time?如何在增大转弯率的同时减小转弯半径
A.- Steepen the bank and increase airspeed.
B. Steepen the bank and decrease airspeed.
C.Shallow the bank and increase airspeed.
B X
68.How does the wake turbulence vortex circulate around
each wingtip?尾流如何绕翼尖运动
A. Inward, upward, and around the wingtip.
B. Counterclockwise when viewed from behind the aircraft.
C. Outward, upward, and around the wingtip.
C X
69.Identify the type stability if the aircraft attitude
remains in new position after the controls have been
neutralized.飞机姿态在操纵回中后保持在新位置,稳定性为
A.Negative longitudinal static stability
B. Neutral longitudinal dynamic stability
C.-Neutral longitudinal static stability
C X
70.Identify the type stability if the aircraft attitude tends
to move farther from its original position after the
controls have been neutralized 操纵回中后,飞机倾向于离原位置越来越远,则飞机的稳定性为
A.-Negative static stability
B.-Positive static stability
C.-Negative dynamic stability
A X
71.Identify the type stability if the aircraft attitude tends
to return to its original after the controls have been
neutralized.操纵回中后,飞机姿态倾向于回到原位,则稳定性为
A.Positive dynamic stability.
B.Positive static stability.
C.Neutral dynamic stability.
B X
72.If an aircraft level turns at an angle of bank of 30
degree , the load factor is 水平转弯坡度 30 度,载荷因数为
A.1Gs. B.2Gs. C.1.4Gs (1.14G)
C X
73.If an aircraft with a gross weight of 2000 pounds were
subjected to a total load of 6000 pounds in flight the load
factor would be飞行中全重 2000磅的飞机承受 6000磅的载荷,则载荷因数为
A.2Gs. /B.3Gs. C.9Gs
B X
74.If no corrective action is taken by the pilot as angle of
bank is increased, how is the vertical component of lift
and sink rate affected?坡度增大,升力垂直分量和下沉率
A.Lift increases and the sink rate increases
B.Lift decreases and the sink rate decreases
C.Lift decreases and the sink rate increases
C X
75.If severe turbulence is encountered, which procedure
is recommended?遭遇严重颠簸,推荐使用什么程序
A.Maintain a constant altitude.
/B.Maintain a constant attitude.
C.Maintain constant airspeed and altitude.
B X
76.If the airplane attitude remains in a new position after
the elevator control is pressed forward and released, the
airplane displays 升降舵控制前推后松开,飞机姿态保持在新位置,则飞机具有
A.-neutral longitudinal static stability.
B.-positive longitudinal static stability.
C.-neutral longitudinal dynamic stability.
A X
77.If you take off behind a heavy jet that has just landed,
you should plan to lift off 在刚刚着陆的重型喷气机后面起飞,需要注意离地点
?A. Prior to the point where the jet touched down.
/B. Beyond the point where the jet touched down.
C. At the point where the jet touched down and on the
upwind edge of the runway.
B X
78. which of the following is consideired as a primary
flight control?下列哪个是主飞行操纵面
A. Slats B. Elevator C. Dorsal fin
B X
79. which of the following is considered an auxiliary flight
control?下列哪个是辅助飞行操纵面
A. Ruddervator B. Upper rudder C. Leading-edge flaps
C X
Chapter 4.Performance 性能
1.Maximum range performance of a turbojet aircraft is
obtained by which procedure as aircraft weight reduces?
全重减小,喷气机如何获得远航性能
A.Increasing speed or altitude. B.Increasing altitude or decreasing speed.
C.Increasing speed or decreasing altitude.
B X
2.Which of the following phraseology is suitable for a
pilot reporting a braking action on well condition to ATC?
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Regulations,Navigation,Aerodynamics,Performance
2010-11-5 Page 18 of 26
飞行员使用哪个术语报告道面刹车效应好
A. braking action is "fair"
B. braking action is "good"
C. braking action is "100%"
B X
3.Which of the following phraseology is suitable for a
pilot reporting a braking action to ATC, when there is
almost no the braking action?飞行员用哪个术语向管制报告道面刹车效应几乎为零
A. braking action is "fair"
B. braking action is "zero"
C. braking action is "nil"
C X
4.Which of the following phraseology is suitable for a
pilot reporting a braking action to ATC?飞行员可以用下列哪个术语向管制报告道面刹车效应
A. braking action is "fair"
B. braking action is "zero"
C. braking action is "100%"
A X
5.The critical altitude of a supercharged reciprocating
engine is 增压活塞发动机的临界高度是
A.The highest altitude where the mixture can be leaned to
best power ratio.
B.The highest altitude at which a desired manifold pressure
can be obtained.
C.The altitude at which maximum allowable BMEP can be
obtained.
B X
6.The maximum speed during takeoff that the pilot may
abort the takeoff and stop the airplane within the
accelerate-stop distance is 起飞时,飞行员可以中断起飞并在加速-停止距离内停止的最大速度是
A.V2. B.VEF. C.V1.
C X
7.The minimum speed during takeoff, following a failure
of the critical engine at VEF, at which the pilot may
continue the takeoff and achieve the required height
above the takeoff surface within the takeoff distance, is
indicated by symbol起飞中,在VEF时关键发失效后,飞行员可以继续起飞并在起飞距离内到达指定高度的最小速度符号为
A.V2min . B.V1. C.VLOF.
B X
8.The most important restriction to the operation of
turbojet or turboprop engines is 涡喷或涡桨发动机运转时的最重要的限制参数是
A.Limiting compressor speed.
B.Limiting exhaust gas temperature.
C.Limiting torque.
B X
9.The symbol for the speed at which the critical engine is
assumed to fail during takeoff is 起飞中假设关键发动机失效的速度符号是
A.V2. B.V1. C.VEF.
C X
10.The symptoms of hyperventilation are 换气过度症状
A.quite different to those of hypoxia B.quite similar to those of hypoxia
C.profuse sweating
B X
11.Under normal operating conditions, which
combination of MAP and RPM most likely lead to
detonation in high performance reciprocating engines?
正确运转时,进气压和转速如何变化使得活塞发动机爆震
A.High RPM and low MAP.
B.Low RPM and high MAP.
C.High RPM and high MAP.
B X
12.Under what condition is VMC the highest?什么情况下Vmc 速度最大
A.Gross weight is at the maximum allowable value.
B.CG is at the most rearward allowable position.
C.CG is at the most forward allowable position.
B X
13.Under which condition during the landing roll are the
main wheel brakes at maximum effectiveness?什么情况下着陆滑跑中主轮刹车效率最高
A.When wing lift has been reduced.
B.At high ground speeds.
C.When the wheels are locked and skidding.
A X
14.What characterizes a transient compressor stall?短时压气机失速的特点是
A.Loud, steady roar accompanied by heavy shuddering.
B.Sudden loss of thrust accompanied by a loud whine.
C.Intermittent "bang," as backfires and flow reversals take
place.
C X
15.What effect will an increase in altitude have upon the
available equivalent shaft horsepower (ESHP) of a
turboprop engine?高度增加使涡桨发动机的等效轴马力
A.Lower air density and engine mass flow will cause a
decrease in power.
B.Higher propeller efficiency will cause an increase in usable
power (ESHP) and thrust.
C.Power will remain the same but propeller efficiency will
decrease.
A X
16.What effect would a change in air density have on
gas-turbine-engine performance?空气密度变化对燃气涡轮发动机的性能的影响是
A.As air density decreases, thrust increases.
B.As air density increases, thrust increases.
C.As air density increases, thrust decreases.
B X
17.What effect would a change in altitude have on the
thrust output of gas-turbine-engine? 高度变化对燃气涡轮发动机推力输出的影响是
A.As altitude increases, thrust decreases.
B.As altitude increases, thrust increases.
C.As altitude decreases, thrust decreases.
A X
18.What effect would a change in ambient temperature
have on gas-turbine-engine performance?外界气温变化对燃气涡轮发动机性能的影响是
A.As temperature increases, thrust decreases.
B.As temperature increases, thrust increases.
C.As temperature decreases, thrust decreases.
A X 19.What effect would a change in ambient temperature
or air density have on gas-turbine-engine performance?
外界气温和空气密度变化对燃气涡轮发动机性能的影响
A.As air density decreases, thrust increases.
B.As temperature increases, thrust increases.
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Regulations,Navigation,Aerodynamics,Performance
2010-11-5 Page 19 of 26
C.As temperature increases, thrust decreases.
C X
20.What effect does an increase in airspeed have on a
coordinated turn while maintaining a constant angle of
bank and altitude?保持恒定坡度和高度协调转弯,空速增加,则
A.The rate of turn will decrease resulting in a decreased load
factor.
B.The rate of turn will increase resulting in an increased load
factor.
C.-The rate of turn will decrease resulting in no changes in
load factor.
C X
21.What effect does an uphill runway slope have upon
takeoff performance?跑到上坡对起飞性能的影响
A.Increases takeoff distance.
B.Decreases takeoff speed.
C.Decreases takeoff distance.
A X
22.What effect does high relative humidity have upon the
maximum power output of modern aircraft engines? 相对湿度大对现代航空发动机最大功率输出的影响是
A.Neither turbojet nor reciprocating engines are affected.
B.Reciprocating engines will experience a significant loss of
BHP.
C.Turbojet engines will experience a significant loss of
thrust.
B X
23.What effect does landing at high elevation airports
have on ground speed with comparable conditions
relative to temperature, wind, and airplane weight? 温度、风况、全重相同,高原机场着陆的地速会
A.Higher than at low elevation.
B.Lower than at low elevation.
C.The same as at low elevation.
A X
24.What effect does landing at high temperature have on
ground speed with comparable conditions relative to
airport elevation, wind, and airport elevation? 机场标高、风况相同,热天着陆的地速会
A.Higher than at low temperature.
B.Lower than at low temperature.
C.The same as at low temperature.
A X
25.What effect does landing with increased weight have
on ground speed with comparable conditions relative to
temperature, wind, and airport elevation? 温度、风况、机场标高相同,全重增加着陆时的地速会
A.Higher than at low weight.
B.Lower than at low weight.
C.The same as at low weight.
A X
26.What does the term of Equivalent shaft horsepower
(ESHP) of a turboprop engine describe?术语-涡桨发动的等效轴马力描述的是
A.shaft horsepower and jet thrust.
B.jet thrust only.
C.propeller thrust only. A X
27.What does the throttle opening of a
turbo-charged-reciprocating engine control?涡轮增压发动机的节气门控制的是
A.Supercharger gear ratio.
B.Exhaust gas discharge.
C.The desired manifold pressure.
C X
28.What effect, if any, does high ambient temperature
have upon the thrust output of a turbine engine?外界气温高对涡轮发动机推力输出的影响是
A.Thrust will be reduced due to the decrease in air density.
B.Thrust will remain the same, but turbine temperature will
be higher.
C.Thrust will be higher because more heat energy is
extracted from the hotter air.
A X
29.What effective runway length is required for a
turbojet-powered airplane at the destination airport if
the runways are forecast to be wet or slippery at the ETA?
预报目的机场在预达时刻道面湿滑,则其有效跑道长度为多少时,涡喷动力的飞机才可着陆
A.70 percent of the actual runway available, from a height of
50 feet over the threshold.
B.115 percent of the runway length required for a dry
runway.
C.115 percent of the runway length required for a wet
runway.
B X
30.What indicates that a compressor stall has developed
and become steady?什么表明压气机失速发展为稳定失速
A.Strong vibrations and loud roar.
B.Occasional loud "bang" and flow reversal.
C.Complete loss of power with severe reduction in airspeed.
A X
31.What is an area identified by the term "clearway"?术语-净空道所指区域为
A.centrally located about the extended centerline and under
airport authorities, which does not contain obstructions and
can be considered when calculating takeoff performance.
B.An area, at least the same width as the runway, capable of
supporting an airplane during a normal takeoff.
C.An area beyond the takeoff runway, which is able to
support the airplane, for use in decelerating the airplane
during an aborted takeoff.
A X
32.What is an area identified by the term "stopway"? 术语-停止道所指的区域为
A.An area, at least the same width as the runway, capable of
supporting an airplane during a normal takeoff.
B.An area designated for use in decelerating an aborted
takeoff.
C.An area, not as wide as the runway, capable of supporting
an airplane during a normal takeoff.
B X
33.What is the best method of speed reduction if
hydroplaning is experienced on landing?着陆过程中飞机滑水,则最佳减速方法为
A.Apply full main wheel braking only.
B.Apply nosewheel and main wheel braking alternately and
abruptly.
C.Apply aerodynamic braking to the fullest advantage.
C X 34.What is the correct symbol for minimum unstick
speed?最小离地速度的正确符号是
/A.VMU. B.VMD. C.VFC.
A X
35.What is the correct symbol for takeoff decision speed?
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Regulations,Navigation,Aerodynamics,Performance
2010-11-5 Page 20 of 26
起飞决断速度的正确符号是
A.V2. B.V1. C.VLOF.
B X
36.What is the correct symbol for the Minimum Control
Speed, Ground?地面最小可控速度的正确符号是
A.VMC. /B.VMCG. C.VMCA.
B X
37.What is the definition of the critical altitude of a
supercharged-reciprocating engine?增压活塞发动机的临界高度的定义是
A.Highest altitude where the mixture can be leaned to best
power ratio.
B.The highest altitude at which a desired manifold pressure
can be obtained.
C.The altitude at which maximum allowable BMEP can be
obtained.
B X
38.what is the free stream mach number which produce
first of local sonic flow?开始产生局部音速气流时,自由空气流速的马赫数称为
A.supersonic mach number
B.transonic mach number
C.critical mach number
C X
39.What is the highest speed possible without supersonic
flow over the wing?上翼面不产生超音速气流的最高飞机速度
A.Initial buffet speed.
/B.Critical Mach number.
C.Transonic index.
B X
40.What is the name of a plane beyond the end of a
runway which does not contain obstructions and can be
considered when calculating takeoff performance of
turbine-powered aircraft? 跑道尽头外不含障碍物,可用以计算涡轮发动机飞机起飞性能的平面为
A.Clearway.
B.Stop way.
C.Obstruction clearance plane.
A X
41.What is the resulting performance loss when one
engine on a twin-engine airplane fails?双发飞机单发失效,飞机性能的下降为
A.Reduction of cruise airspeed by 50 percent.
B.Reduction of climb by 50 percent or more.
C.Reduction of all performance by 50 percent.
B X
42.What performance is characteristic of flight at
maximum L/D in a propeller-driven airplane?螺旋桨飞机保持最大升阻比速度飞行的性能特点是
A.Maximum range and distance glide.
B.Best angle of climb.
C.Maximum endurance.
A X
43.What performance should a pilot of a light,
twin-engine airplane be able to maintain at Vmc?轻型双发飞机在最小可控速度时可以保持的性能为
A.Heading. B.Heading and altitude.
C.Heading, altitude, and ability to climb 50 ft/min.
A X
44.What should a pilot do to maintain "best range"
airplane performance when a headwind is encountered?
遭遇逆风,如何保持飞机的远航性能
A.Increase speed. B.Maintain speed. C.Decrease speed.
A X
45.Where is the critical altitude of a
supercharged-reciprocating engine? 哪个是增压活塞发动机的临界高度
A.The highest altitude at which a desired manifold pressure
can be obtained.
B.Highest altitude where the mixture can be leaned to best
power ratio.
C.The altitude at which maximum allowable BMEP can be
obtained.
A X
46.Which parameter is used to measure the power output
of a reciprocating engine?哪个参数测量活塞发动机功率
A.RPM.
B.Exhaust gas temperature.
C.Manifold pressure.
C X
47.Which performance factor decreases as airplane gross
weight increases, for a given runway?同一条跑道,全重增加,下列哪个性能参数下降
A.Critical engine failure speed.
B.Rotation speed.
C.Accelerate-stop distance.
A X
48.Which place in the turbojet engine is subjected to the
highest temperature?涡喷发动机哪个部分承受温度最高
A.Compressor discharge.
B.Fuel spray nozzles.
C.Turbine inlet.
C X
49.Which condition reduces the required runway for
takeoff?哪个条件减小起飞所需跑道距离
A.Higher-than-recommended airspeed before rotation.
B.Lower-than-standard air density.
C.Increased headwind component.
C X
50.Which condition has the effect of reducing critical
engine failure speed?哪个条件降低关键发失效速度
A.Slush on the runway or inoperative antiskid.
B.Low gross weight.
C.High density altitude.
A X
51.Where will the highest temperature in a turbojet
engine occur?涡喷发动机的最高温度出现在哪个部分
A.Turbine inlet.
B.Compressor discharge.
C.Fuel spray nozzles.
A X
52.Which airplane performance characteristics should be
recognized during takeoff when encountering a tailwind
shear that increases in intensity?遭遇持续增强的顺风切变时,可以看到飞机性能如何变化
A. loss of, or diminished, airspeed performance
B. decreased takeoff distance
C. increased climb performance immediately after takeoff
A X 53.Which is a definition of V2 speed?定义 V2 速度
A.Takeoff decision speed.
B.Takeoff safety speed.
C.Minimum takeoff speed.
B X
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Regulations,Navigation,Aerodynamics,Performance
2010-11-5 Page 21 of 26
54.Which is the correct symbol for the minimum
steady-flight speed or stalling speed in a specific
configuration?最小稳定飞行速度或特定构型失速速度的正确符号表示是
A.VS. B.VS1. C.VSO.
B X
55.Which is the correct symbol for the stalling speed or
the minimum steady flight speed at which the airplane is
controllable?失速速度或飞机可控时最小飞行速度符号
A.VSO. B.VS. C.VS1.
B X
56.Which maximum range factor increases as weight
decreases?重量减小,哪个远航性能参数增大
A.Angle of attack. B.Altitude. C.Airspeed.
B X
57.Which speed symbol indicates the maximum speed for
operating the landing gear of an airplane?操作起落架最大允许速度的速度符号是
A.VLE. B.VMO/MMO. C.VLO/MLO.
C X
58.Which type of compressor stall has the greatest
potential for severe engine damage?哪种压气机失速最有可能造成发动机严重损伤
A.Intermittent "backfire" stall.
B.Transient "backfire" stall.
C.Steady, continuous flow reversal stall.
C X
59.Which term describes the hydroplaning, which occurs
when an airplane's tire is effectively held off a smooth
runway surface by steam generated by friction? 哪个术语描述飞机轮胎被摩擦产生的蒸汽抬离光滑道面而滑水
A.Reverted rubber hydroplaning.
B.Dynamic hydroplaning.
C.Viscous hydroplaning.
A X
60.With the increase of temperature, the airplane's
rolling distance will ____when takeoff and landing.气温增加,飞机起飞、着陆时的滑跑距离将会
A. remain unchanged B. increase C. reduce
B X
61.[Refer to Figure 4-25.] How many feet will remain
after landing on a 6,000-foot dry runway with reversers
inoperative at 120,000 pounds gross weight?在 6000 尺干跑道着陆,反推不工作,飞机全重 120 千磅,剩余跑道距离
A.3,500 feet. B.2,750 feet. C.2,150 feet.
A X
62.[Refer to Figure 4-25.] How many feet will remain
after landing on a 7,200-foot dry runway with spoilers
inoperative at 118,000 pounds gross weight?在 7200 尺干跑道着陆,扰流板失效,飞机全重 118 千磅,剩余跑道距离
A.4,200 feet. B.4,500 feet. C.4,750 feet.
B X
63.[Refer to Figure 4-25.] How much longer is the dry
runway landing distance using brakes only compared to
using brakes and reversers at 110,000 pounds gross
weight? 干跑道着陆,飞机全重110千磅,只用轮刹比轮刹、扰流板同时使用的着陆距离长
A.1,000 feet. B.500 feet. C.300 feet. C X
64.[Refer to Figure 4-25.] How much longer is the dry
runway landing distance using brakes only compared to
using brakes and reversers at 114,000 pounds gross
weight?干跑道着陆,飞机全重114千磅,只用轮刹比同时使
用轮刹和反推的着陆距离长
A.1,150 feet. B.500 feet. C.300 feet.
C X
65.[Refer to Figure 4-25.] What is the maximum landing
weight which will permit stopping 1,500 feet short of the
end of a 4,950-foot dry runway with reversers and
spoilers inoperative?要使飞机在反推和扰流板失效的情况下,在 4950 尺干跑道上着陆停在距离尽头 1500 尺处,则可能的飞机最大重量为
A.119,000 pounds. B.136,000 pounds. C.139,000 pounds.
C X
66.[Refer to Figure 4-25.] What is the maximum landing
weight which will permit stopping 2,000 feet short of the
end of a 5,400-foot dry runway with reversers and
spoilers inoperative? 反推和扰流板失效,使飞机在 5400
尺干跑道上着陆停在距离尽头 2000 尺处,最大飞机重量
A.117,500 pounds. B.136,500 pounds. C.140,500 pounds
B X
67.[Refer to Figure 4-25.] What is the transition distance
when landing on a dry runway at a gross weight of
125,000 pounds?飞机全重 125 千磅,干跑道着陆过渡距离
A.1,200 feet. B.850 feet. C.400 feet.
C X
68.[Refer to Figure 4-25.] Which of the following
configurations will result in the shortest landing distance
over a 50-foot obstacle to a dry runway?下列哪种构型可以使飞机在干跑道上飞越 50 尺障碍的着陆距离最短
A.Brakes and spoilers at 120,000 pounds gross weight.
B.Brakes and reversers at 115,000 pounds gross weight.
C.Brakes, spoilers, and reversers at 125,000 pounds gross
weight.
C X
69.[Refer to Figure 4-25.] Which of the following
configurations will result in the shortest landing distance
over a 50-foot obstacle to a dry runway? 下列哪种构型可以使飞机在干跑道上飞越 50 尺障碍的着陆距离最短
A.Brakes and spoilers at 125,000 pounds gross weight.
B.Brakes and reversers at 115,000 pounds gross weight.
C.Brakes, spoilers, and reversers at 130,000 pounds gross
weight.
C X
70.[Refer to Figure 4-26.] How many feet will remain
after landing on a 6,000-foot wet runway with reversers
inoperative at 110,000 pounds gross weight? 全重 110 千磅的飞机在 6000 尺湿跑道上着陆,反推失效,可剩余距离
A.2,100 feet. B.2,650 feet. C.3,000 feet.
C X
71.[Refer to Figure 4-26.] How many feet will remain
after landing on a 7,000-foot wet runway with reversers
inoperative at 110,000 pounds gross weight? 全重 110 千磅的飞机在 7000 尺湿跑道上着陆,反推失效,可剩余距离
A.4,000 feet. B.4,300 feet. C.4,500 feet.
A X
72.[Refer to Figure 4-26.] How much longer is the wet
runway landing distance using brakes only compared to
using brakes, spoilers and reversers at 130,000 pounds
gross weight? 飞机全重 130 千磅,只用轮刹在湿跑道上着陆相比使用轮刹、扰流板和反推的着陆距离长
A.1,000 feet. B.500 feet. C.300 feet.
A X
73.[Refer to Figure 4-26.] How much longer is the wet
runway landing distance using brakes only compared to
using brakes, spoilers and reversers at 140,000 pounds
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Regulations,Navigation,Aerodynamics,Performance
2010-11-5 Page 22 of 26
gross weight? 飞机全重 140 千磅,只用轮刹在湿跑道上着陆相比使用轮刹、扰流板和反推的着陆距离长
A.650 feet. B.1,300 feet. C.1,050 feet.
C X
74.[Refer to Figure 4-26.] What is the maximum landing
weight which will permit stopping 1,000 feet short of the
end of a 4,900-foot wet runway with reversers and
spoilers inoperative? 反推和扰流板失效,使飞机在 4900
尺湿跑道上着陆停在距离尽头 1000 尺处,最大飞机重量
A.124,000 pounds. B.129,500 pounds. C.134,500 pounds
A X
75.[Refer to Figure 4-26.] What is the transition distance
when landing on a wet runway at a gross weight of
135,000 pounds? 全重 135 千磅湿跑道着陆过渡距离为
A.100 feet. B.300 feet. C.750 feet.
B X
76.[Refer to Figure 4-26.] Which of the following
configurations will result in the shortest landing distance
over a 50-foot obstacle to a wet runway? 下列哪种构型可以使飞机在湿跑道上飞越 50 尺障碍的着陆距离最短
A.Brakes and spoilers at 120,500 pounds gross weight.
B.Brakes and reversers at 125,000 pounds gross weight.
C.Brakes, spoilers, and reversers at 135,000 pounds gross
weight.
C X
77.[Refer to Figure 4-27.] What is the maximum landing
weight which will permit stopping 600 feet short of the
end of a 4,600-foot icy runway?在 4900 尺积冰跑道上着陆停在距离尽头 600 尺处,可能的最大飞机重量
A.128,000 pounds. B.124,000 pounds. C.120,000 pounds
C X
78.[Refer to Figure 4-27.] What is the maximum landing
weight which will permit stopping 700 feet short of the
end of a 5,200-foot icy runway? 在 5200 尺积冰跑道上着陆停在距离尽头 700 尺处,可能的最大飞机重量
A.124,000 pounds. B.137,000 pounds. C.108,000 pounds
B X
79.[Refer to Figure 4-27.] What is the transition distance
when landing on an icy runway at a gross weight of
134,000 pounds?全重 134 千磅积冰跑道着陆过渡距离为
A.400 feet. B.950 feet. C.1,350 feet.
A X
80.[Refer to Figure 4-27.] Which configuration will result
in a landing distance of 5,000 feet over a 50 foot obstacle
to an icy runway? 下列哪种构型可以使飞机在积冰跑道上飞越 50 尺障碍的着陆距离为 5000 尺
A.Use of three reversers at 113,000 pounds gross weight.
B.Use of brakes and spoilers at 105,000 pounds gross
weight.
C.Use of three reversers at 115,000 pounds gross weight.
A X
81.[Refer to Figure 4-27.] Which configuration will result
in a landing distance of 5,500 feet over a 50 foot obstacle
to an icy runway? 下列哪种构型可以使飞机在积冰跑道上飞越 50 尺障碍的着陆距离为 5500 尺
A.Use of three reversers at 124,500 pounds gross weight.
B.Use of brakes and spoilers at 120,000 pounds gross
weight. C.Use of three reversers at 120,000 pounds gross weight.
A X
82.[Refer to Figure 4-27.] Which configuration will result
in a landing distance of 5,900 feet over a 50 foot obstacle
to an icy runway? 下列哪种构型可以使飞机在积冰跑道
上飞越 50 尺障碍的着陆距离为 5900 尺
A.Use of three reversers at 131,000 pounds gross weight.
B.Use of brakes and spoilers at 125,000 pounds gross
weight.
C.Use of three reversers at 133,000 pounds gross weight.
C X
83.[Refer to Figure 4-28 and 4-29.] What approach speed
and landing distance will be needed when landing at a
weight of 140,000 pounds with 15o of flaps? 飞机全重140 千磅 15 度襟翼的进近速度和着陆距离分别为
A.123 knots and 3,050 feet.
B.138 knots and 3,050 feet.
C.153 knots and 2,050 feet.
B X
84.[Refer to Figure 4-28.] How much will landing
distance be reduced by using 15o of flaps rather than 0o
flaps at a landing weight of 105,000 pounds?全重 105 千磅,使用 15 度襟翼比 0 度襟翼的着陆距离缩短
A.800 feet. B.300 feet. C.1,300 feet.
A X
85.[Refer to Figure 4-28.] How much will landing
distance be reduced by using 15o of flaps rather than 0o
flaps at a landing weight of 115,000 pounds? 全重 115 千磅,使用 15 度襟翼比 0 度襟翼的着陆距离缩短
A.500 feet. B.800 feet. C.2,700 feet.
B X
86.[Refer to Figure 4-28.] How much will landing
distance be reduced by using 15o of flaps rather than 0o
flaps at a landing weight of 143,000 pounds? 全重 143 千磅,使用 15 度襟翼比 0 度襟翼的着陆距离缩短
A.100 feet. B.400 feet. C.850 feet.
C X
87.[Refer to Figure 4-28.] What is the ground roll when
landing with 15o of flaps at a landing weight of 122,000
pounds?全重 122 千磅襟翼 15 度的着陆滑跑距离为
A.1,750 feet. B.2,200 feet. C.2,750 feet.
A X
88.[Refer to Figure 4-28.] What is the ground roll when
landing with 5o of flaps at a landing weight of 107,500
pounds? 全重 107.5 千磅襟翼 5 度的着陆滑跑距离为
A.1,750 feet. B.2,000 feet. C.2,350 feet.
B X
89.[Refer to Figure 4-28.] What is the ground roll when
landing with 5o of flaps at a landing weight of 142,500
pounds? 全重 142.5 千磅襟翼 5 度的着陆滑跑距离为
A.1,750 feet. B.2,100 feet. C.2,500 feet.
C X
90.[Refer to Figure 4-29.] What is the change of total
drag for a 140,000-pound airplane when configuration is
changed from flaps 25o, gear down, to flaps 0o, gear up,
at a constant airspeed of 165 knots?保持 165 节空速,全重 140 千磅的飞机由襟翼 25 起落架放下改变构型为襟翼0 起落架收上,则总阻力的变化量为
A.9,500 pounds. B.10,400 pounds. C.11,300 pounds.
B X
91.[Refer to Figure 4-29.] What is the change of total
drag for a 140,000-pound airplane when configuration is
changed from flaps 30o, gear down, to flaps 0o, gear up,
at a constant airspeed of 160 knots? 保持 160 节空速,全重 140 千磅的飞机由襟翼 30 起落架放下改变构型为襟翼0 起落架收上,则总阻力的变化量为
A.13,500 pounds. B.13,300 pounds. C.15,300 pounds.
A X
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Regulations,Navigation,Aerodynamics,Performance
2010-11-5 Page 23 of 26
92.[Refer to Figure 4-29.] What is the maximum charted
indicated airspeed while maintaining a 3o glide slope at a
weight of 140,000 pounds? 全重 140 千磅保持 3 度下滑角,图表中标注的最大速度是
A.127 knots. B.149 knots. C.156 knots.
C X
93.[Refer to Figure 4-29.] What is the thrust required to
maintain a 3o glide slope at 140,000 pounds, with gear
down, flaps 30o, and an airspeed of VREF + 30 knots? 全重 140 千磅,保持 3 度下滑,起落架放下,襟翼 30,空速Vref+30 节,则所需拉力为
A.13,700 pounds. B.16,200 pounds. C.17,700 pounds.
B X
94.[Refer to Figure 4-29.] What thrust is required to
maintain level flight at 140,000 pounds, with gear up,
flaps 25o, and an airspeed of 172 knots?全重 140 千磅,起落架收上,襟翼 25,恒速 172 节保持平飞所需推力大小为
A.13,700 pounds. B.18,600 pounds. C.22,000 pounds.
B X
95.[Refer to Figure 4-30.] What is the maximum charted
indicated airspeed while maintaining a 3o glide slope at a
weight of 110,000 pounds?全重 110 千磅保持 3 度下滑的最大图表标注速度为
A.136 knots. B.132 knots. C.139 knots.
A X
96.[Refer to Figure 4-30.] What thrust is required to
maintain a 3o glide slope at 110,000 pounds, with gear
down, flaps 30o, and an airspeed of VREF + 20 knots? 全重 110 千磅,起落架放下,襟翼 30,空速 VREF+20 节保持 3
度下滑的所需推力大小为
A.9,800 pounds. B.11,200 pounds. C.17,000 pounds.
B X
97.[Refer to Figure 4-30.] What thrust is required to
maintain level flight at 110,000 pounds, with gear down,
flaps 40o, and an airspeed of 118 knots?全重 110 千磅,起落架放下,襟翼 40,空速 118 节保持平飞所需推力为
A.17,000 pounds. B.20,800 pounds. C.22,300 pounds.
B X
98.[Refer to Figure 4-32.] What is the turbulent air
penetration N1 power setting for Operating Conditions
below? WEIGHT (*1000): 100,PRESSURE ALTITUDE:
35,000,TOTAL AIR TEMP (TAT): -11oC 重量 100 千磅,
压力高度 35 千尺,总温(TAT) -11℃的颠簸空气穿越 N1 设定为
A.83.4 percent. B.86.0 percent. C.87.4 percent.
C X
99.[Refer to Figure 4-32.] What is the turbulent air
penetration N1 power setting for Operating Conditions
below? WEIGHT (*1000): 80,PRESSURE ALTITUDE:
25,000,TOTAL AIR TEMP (TAT): -28oC 重量 80 千磅,压力高度 25 千尺,总温(TAT) -28℃的颠簸空气穿越 N1 设定为
A.77.5 percent. B.75.3 percent. C.79.4 percent.
B X
100.[Refer to Figure 4-32.] What is the turbulent air
penetration N1 power setting for Operating Conditions
below? WEIGHT (*1000): 90,PRESSURE ALTITUDE:
15,000,TOTAL AIR TEMP (TAT): 11oC, 重量 90 千磅,压力高度 15 千尺,总温(TAT) 11℃的颠簸空气穿越 N1 设定为
A.75.4 percent. B.74.2 percent. C.72.9 percent.
A X
101.[Refer to Figure 4-34.] What are the recommended
IAS and EPR settings for holding under Operating
Conditions below? ,ALTITUDE: 30,000,WEIGHT
(*1000): 92.5,ENGINES OPERATING: 2,HOLDING
TIME (MIN): 10高度 30千尺,重量 92.5千磅,双发,等待时间 10 分钟的推荐等待程序指示空速和发动机压气比为
A.221 knots and 1.83 EPR.
B.210 knots and 1.69 EPR.
C.217 knots and 1.81 EPR.
B X
102.[Refer to Figure 4-34.] What are the recommended
IAS and EPR settings for holding under Operating
Conditions below? ALTITUDE: 25,000,WEIGHT (*1000):
102.5,ENGINES OPERATING: 2,HOLDING TIME
(MIN): 40 高度 25 千尺,重量 102.5 千磅,双发,等待时间 40
分钟的推荐等待程序指示空速和发动机压气比为
A.216 knots and 1.62 EPR.
B.223 knots and 2.01 EPR.
C.219 knots and 1.81 EPR.
A X
103.[Refer to Figure 4-34.] What are the recommended
IAS and EPR settings for holding under Operating
Conditions below? ALTITUDE: 35,000,WEIGHT (*1000):
100,ENGINES OPERATING: 2,HOLDING TIME (MIN):
30高度 35千尺,重量 100千磅,双发,等待时间 30分钟的推荐等待程序指示空速和发动机压气比为
A.221 knots and 1.83 EPR.
B.223 knots and 2.01 EPR.
C.217 knots and 1.95 EPR.
C X
104.[Refer to Figure 4-34.] What is the approximate fuel
consumed when holding under Operating Conditions
below? ,ALTITUDE: 35,000,WEIGHT (*1000):
100,ENGINES OPERATING: 2,HOLDING TIME (MIN):
30高度 35千尺,重量 100千磅,双发,等待时间 30分钟的等待程序耗油量大致为
A.1,625 pounds. B.1,950 pounds. C.2,460 pounds.
C X
105.[Refer to Figure 4-34.] What is the approximate fuel
consumed when holding under Operating Conditions
below? ALTITUDE: 25,000,WEIGHT (*1000):
102.5,ENGINES OPERATING: 2,HOLDING TIME
(MIN): 40 高度 25 千尺,重量 102.5 千磅,双发,等待时间 40
分钟的等待程序耗油量大致为
A.3,625 pounds. B.3,240 pounds. C.2,980 pounds.
B X
106.[Refer to Figure 4-34.] What is the approximate fuel
consumed when holding under Operating Conditions
below? ALTITUDE: 30,000,WEIGHT (*1000):
92.5,ENGINES OPERATING: 2,HOLDING TIME
(MIN): 10 高度 30 千尺,重量 92.5 千磅,双发,等待时间 10
分钟的等待程序耗油量大致为
A.732 pounds. B.1,023 pounds. C.1,440 pounds.
A X
107.[Refer to Figure 4-37.] How many minutes of dump
time is required to reach a weight of 144,500 pounds?
Initial weight: 180,500 lb,Zero fuel weight: 125,500 lb 放油起始飞机重量 180500 磅,零燃油重量 125500 磅,需要多少分钟放油达到飞机重量 144500 磅
A.13 minutes. B.15 minutes. C.16 minutes.
B X
108.[Refer to Figure 4-37.] How many minutes of dump
time is required to reach a weight of 151,500 pounds?
Initial weight: 181,500 lb,Zero fuel weight: 126,000 lb 放
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Regulations,Navigation,Aerodynamics,Performance
2010-11-5 Page 24 of 26
油起始飞机重量 181500 磅,零燃油重量 126000 磅,需要多少分钟放油达到飞机重量 151500 磅
A.15 minutes. B.14 minutes. C.13 minutes.
C X
109.[Refer to Figure 4-37.] How many minutes of dump
time is required to reach a weight of 151,500 pounds?
Initial weight: 187,500 lb,Zero fuel weight: 125,500 lb 放油起始飞机重量 187500 磅,零燃油重量 125500 磅,需要多少分钟放油达到飞机重量 151500 磅
A.14 minutes. B.16 minutes. C.17 minutes.
C X
110.[Refer to Figure 4-37.] How many minutes of dump
time is required to reduce fuel load to 18,000 pounds?
Initial weight: 162,500 lb,Zero fuel weight: 120,500 lb 放油起始飞机重量 162500 磅,零燃油重量 120500 磅,需要多少分钟放油达到飞机重量 18000 磅
A.10 minutes. B.9 minutes. C.8 minutes.
A X
111.[Refer to Figure 4-39.] What is the approximate
level-off pressure altitude after drift-down under
Operating Conditions below? WT AT ENG FAIL (*1000):
100,ENGINE ANTI-ICE: ON,WING ANTI-ICE: ON,ISA
TEMPERATURE: +10oC,AIR CONDITIONING: ON 发动机失效时全重100千磅,发动机防冰开,机翼防冰开,温度ISA+10,空调开,飘降改平高度大约为
A.16,400 feet. B.19,600 feet. C.18,700 feet.
A X
112.[Refer to Figure 4-39.] What is the approximate
level-off pressure altitude after drift-down under
Operating Conditions below? WT AT ENG FAIL (*1000):
80,ENGINE ANTI-ICE: ON,WING ANTI-ICE: OFF,ISA
TEMPERATURE: ISA,AIR CONDITIONING: OFF 发动机失效时全重100千磅,发动机防冰开,机翼防冰开,温度ISA+10,空调开,飘降改平的压力高度大约为
A.24,600 feet. B.23,400 feet. C.20,000 feet.
A X
113.[Refer to Figure 4-39.] What is the approximate
level-off pressure altitude after drift-down under
Operating Conditions below?WT AT ENG FAIL (*1000):
90,ENGINE ANTI-ICE: OFF,WING ANTI-ICE: OFF,
ISA TEMPERATURE:+20oC, AIR CONDITIONING:
OFF 发动机失效时全重 90 千磅,发动机防冰关,机翼防冰关,温度 ISA+20,空调关,飘降改平的压力高度大约为
A.19,400 feet. B.20,000 feet. C.23,800 feet.
B X
114.[Refer to Figure 4-41.] What is the approximate
landing weight for Operating Conditions below?
WEIGHT (START TO ALT): 77,000,DISTANCE (NM):
70,WIND COMPONENT: 25TW,HOLDING TIME AT
ALT (MIN): 15 改航备降时全重 77 千磅,距离 70 海里,25
节顺风,备降场等待时间 15 分钟,则着陆重量大约为
A.74,000 pounds. B.74,180 pounds. C.73,400 pounds.
A X
115.[Refer to Figure 4-41.] What is the approximate
landing weight for Operating Conditions below?
WEIGHT (START TO ALT): 87,000,DISTANCE (NM):
370,WIND COMPONENT: 60HW,HOLDING TIME AT
ALT (MIN): 15 改航备降时全重 87 千磅,距离 370 海里,60
节逆风,备降场等待时间 15 分钟,则着陆重量大约为
A.80,850 pounds. B.85,700 pounds. C.77,600 pounds.
A X
116.[Refer to Figure 4-41.] What is the total time from
starting to the alternate through completing the approach
for Operating Conditions below? WEIGHT (START TO
ALT): 71,000,DISTANCE (NM): 200,WIND
COMPONENT: 30TW,HOLDING TIME AT ALT (MIN):
15 改航备降时全重 71 千磅,距离 200 海里,30 节顺风,备降场等待时间 15 分钟,则从改航到完成进近总耗时约为
A.34 minutes. B.55 minutes. C.57 minutes.
C X
117.[Refer to Figure 4-41.] What is the total time from
starting to the alternate through completing the approach
for Operating Conditions below? WEIGHT (START TO
ALT): 84,000,DISTANCE (NM): 120,WIND
COMPONENT: 20HW,HOLDING TIME AT ALT (MIN):
15 改航备降时全重 84 千磅,距离 120 海里,20 节逆风,备降场等待时间 15 分钟,则从改航到完成进近总耗时约为
A.30 minutes. B.45 minutes. C.29 minutes.
B X
118.[Refer to Figure 4-43.] What is the trip fuel for
Operating Conditions below? DISTANCE (NM):
2200,WIND COMPONENT (KTS): 50HW,CRUISE
PRESS ALTITUDE: 37,000,ISA TEMPERATURE:
+10oC,LANDING WEIGHT (*1000): 75 距离 2200 海里,50 节逆风,巡航压力高度 37 千尺,温度 ISA+10,着陆重量 75 千磅,则航路耗油量为
A.34,000 pounds. B.28,000 pounds. C.32,600 pounds.
C X
119.[Refer to Figure 4-43.] What is the trip fuel for
Operating Conditions below? DISTANCE (NM):
2500,WIND COMPONENT (KTS): 50TW,CRUISE
PRESS ALTITUDE: 27,000,ISA TEMPERATURE:
ISA,LANDING WEIGHT (*1000): 70 距离 2500 海里,50
节顺风,巡航压力高度 27千尺,温度 ISA,着陆重量 70千磅,
则航路耗油量为
A.35,000 pounds. B.32,600 pounds. C.30,200 pounds.
B X
120.[Refer to Figure 4-43.] What is the trip time for
Operating Conditions below? DISTANCE (NM):
2200,WIND COMPONENT (KTS): 50HW,CRUISE
PRESS ALTITUDE: 37,000,ISA TEMPERATURE:
+10oC,LANDING WEIGHT (*1000): 75 距离 2200 海里,50 节逆风,巡航压力高度 37 千尺,温度 ISA+10,着陆重量 75 千磅,则航路巡航时间为
A.5 hours 15 minutes.
B.5 hours 40 minutes.
C.5 hours 55 minutes.
B X
121.[Refer to Figure 4-43.] What is the trip time for
Operating Conditions below? DISTANCE (NM):
2500,WIND COMPONENT (KTS): 50TW,CRUISE
PRESS ALTITUDE: 27,000,ISA TEMPERATURE:
ISA,LANDING WEIGHT (*1000): 70 距离 2500 海里,50
节顺风,巡航压力高度 27千尺,温度 ISA,着陆重量 70千磅,
则航路巡航时间为
A.5 hours 3 minutes.
B.5 hours 20 minutes.
C.5 hours 55 minutes.
A X
122.[Refer to Figure 4-45.] What is the estimated fuel
consumption for Operating Conditions below?
DISTANCE (NM): 600,AVG WIND COMP (KTS):
40HW 距离 600 海里,40 节逆风,预计耗油量为
A.9,926 pounds. B.9,680 pounds. C.9,504 pounds.
C X
123.[Refer to Figure 4-45.] What is the estimated fuel
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Regulations,Navigation,Aerodynamics,Performance
2010-11-5 Page 25 of 26
consumption for Operating Conditions below?
DISTANCE (NM): 750,AVG WIND COMP (KTS):
30HW 距离 750 海里,30 节逆风,预计耗油量为
A.11,227 pounds. B.11,503 pounds. C.11,754 pounds.
A X
124.[Refer to Figure 4-45.] What is the trip time
corrected for wind under Operating Conditions below?
DISTANCE (NM): 400,AVG WIND COMP (KTS): 15TW,
距离 400 海里,15 节顺风,风修正后的航路时间为
A.58.1 minutes. B.59.9 minutes. C.54.7 minutes.
B X
125.[Refer to Figure 4-45.] What is the trip time
corrected for wind under Operating Conditions below?
DISTANCE (NM): 850,AVG WIND COMP (KTS): 65TW,
距离 850 海里,65 节顺风,风修正后的航路时间为
A.97.2 minutes. B.99.8 minutes. C.103.7 minutes.
C X
126.[Refer to Figures 4-22 and 4-24.] What is the
go-around EPR for Operating Conditions L-1? 运行条件L-1 时复飞 EPR 为
A.2.01 EPR. B.2.03 EPR. C.2.04 EPR.
B X
127.[Refer to Figures 4-22 and 4-24.] What is the
go-around EPR for Operating Conditions L-2? 运行条件L-2 时复飞 EPR 为
A.2.115 EPR. B.2.10 EPR. C.2.06 EPR.
C X
128.[Refer to Figures 4-22, 4-23 and 4-24.] What is the
maneuvering speed for Operating Conditions L-5? 运行条件 L-5 时机动速度为
A.124 knots. B.137 knots. C.130 knots.
C X
129.[Refer to Figures 4-22, 4-23 and 4-24.] What is the
reference speed for Operating Conditions L-2? 运行条件L-2 时参考速度为
A.140 knots. B.145 knots. C.148 knots.
B X
130.[Refer to Figures 4-22, 4-23 and 4-24.] What is VREF
for Operating Conditions L-1? 运行条件 L-1 时 VREF 为
A.143 knots. B.144 knots. C.145 knots.
A X
131.[Refer to Figures 4-22, and 4-24.] What is the
go-around EPR for Operating Conditions L-3? 运行条件L-3 时的复飞 EPR 为
A.2.06 EPR. B.2.07 EPR. C.2.09 EPR.
A X
132.[Refer to Figures 4-25 and 4-26.] Which conditions
will result in the shortest landing distance at a weight of
132,500 pounds?总重 132500 磅哪个条件使着陆距离最短
A.Dry runway using brakes and reversers.
B.Dry runway using brakes and spoilers.
C.Wet runway using brakes, spoilers and reversers.
B X
133.[Refer to Figures 4-28 and 4-29.] What approach
speed and ground roll will be needed when landing at a
weight of 140,000 pounds if flaps are not used? 总重 140
千磅不放襟翼的进近速度和地面滑跑距离为
A.138 knots and 3,900 feet. B.153 knots and 2,900 feet.
C.183 knots and 2,900 feet.
C X
134.[Refer to Figures 4-35 and 4-36.] What are descent
fuel and distance under Operating Conditions S-4? 运行
条件 S-4 的下降燃油和下降距离为
A.1,490 pounds, 118 NAM.
B.1,400 pounds, 110 NAM.
C.1,430 pounds, 113 NAM.
C X
135.[Refer to Figures 4-35 and 4-36.] What are descent
fuel and distance under Operating Conditions S-5? 运行条件 S-5 的下降燃油和下降距离为
A.1,420 pounds, 97 NAM.
B.1,440 pounds, 102 NAM.
C.1,390 pounds, 92 NAM.
A X
136.[Refer to Figures 4-35 and 4-36.] What are descent
time and distance under Operating Conditions S-1? 运行条件 S-1 的下降时间和下降距离为
A.24 minutes, 118 NAM.
B.26 minutes, 125 NAM.
C.25 minutes, 118 NAM.
B X
137.[Refer to Figures 4-35 and 4-36.] What are descent
time and distance under Operating Conditions S-2? 运行条件 S-2 的下降时间和下降距离为
A.24 minutes, 109 NAM.
B.25 minutes, 125 NAM.
C.23 minutes, 118 NAM.
C X
138.[Refer to Figures 4-46, 4-47 and 4-48.] What are the
fuel requirements from Chicago Midway Airport to
Greater Buffalo Intl? 从芝加哥米德维机场到大布法罗国际机场的燃油要求是
A.2,224 pounds. B.1,987 pounds. C.1,454 pounds.
A X
139.[Refer to Figures 4-49, 4-50,4-51,4-52,4-53, and 4-54.]
What is the ETE at .78 Mach?马赫.78 时预计航路时间为
A.1 hours 08 minutes.
B.1 hours 02 minutes.
C.1 hours 05 minutes.
A X
140.[Refer to Figures 4-49, 4-50,4-51,4-52,4-53, and 4-54.]
What is the ETE at .80 Mach?马赫.80 时预计航路时间为
A.1 hours 02 minutes.
B.1 hours 04 minutes.
C.1 hours 07 minutes.
C X
141.[Refer to Figures 4-50,4-51,4-52,4-53, and 4-54.]
What is the total fuel required at .78 Mach?马赫.78 时燃油总量要求为
A.22,140 pounds. B.22,556 pounds. C.22,972 pounds.
B X
142.[Refer to Figures 4-50,4-51,4-52,4-53, and 4-54.]
What is the total fuel required at .80 Mach? 马赫.80 时燃油总量要求为
A.22,836 pounds. B.22,420 pounds. C.22,556 pounds.
B X
143.A commercial operator plans to ferry a large,
four-engine, reciprocating-engine-powered airplane from
one facility to another to repair an inoperative engine.
Which is an operational requirement for the three-engine
flight?商业承运人计划大型四发活塞飞机从某机场调机到另一机场维修故障发动机。只有三发工作的运行要求是
A.The gross weight at takeoff may not exceed 75 percent of
the maximum certificated gross weight.
/B.Weather conditions at the takeoff and destination airports
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Regulations,Navigation,Aerodynamics,Performance
2010-11-5 Page 26 of 26
must be VFR.
C.The computed takeoff distance to reach V1 must not
exceed 70 percent of the effective runway length.
B X
144.A definition of the term "viscous hydroplaning" is
where 术语粘性滑水的定义为:在_____发生的滑水
A.the airplane rides on standing water.
/B.a film of moisture covers the painted or rubber-coated
portion of the runway.
C.the tires of the airplane are actually riding on a mixture of
steam and melted rubber.
B X
145.An outside air pressure decreases, thrust output will
外界气压下降,推力输出将会
A.increase due to greater efficiency of jet aircraft in thin air.
B.remain the same since compression of inlet air will
compensate for any decrease in air pressure.
/C.decrease due to higher density altitude.
C X
146.At what minimum speed (rounded off) could
dynamic hydroplaning occur on main tires having a
pressure of 100PSI?主胎压 100psi,动态滑水的最小速度(四舍五入)为
A.90 knots. B.96 knots. C.110 knots.
A X
147.At what minimum speed (rounded off) could
dynamic hydroplaning occur on main tires having a
pressure of 110 PSI? 主胎压 110psi,动态滑水的最小速度(四舍五入)为
A.90 knots. B.95 knots. C.100 knots.
B X
148.At what minimum speed (rounded off) could
dynamic hydroplaning occur on main tires having a
pressure of 121 PSI? 主胎压 121psi,动态滑水的最小速度(四舍五入)为
A.90 knots. B.96 knots. C.110 knots.
B X
149.At what speed, with reference to L/DMAX, does
maximum range for a jet airplane occur? 参考最大升阻比,喷气飞机的远航性能何时出现
A.A speed less than that for L/DMAX.
B.A speed equal to that for L/DMAX.
/C.A speed greater than that for L/DMAX.
C X
150.At what speed, with reference to L/DMAX, does
maximum rate-of-climb for a jet airplane occur? 参考最大升阻比,喷气飞机的最大爬升率性能何时出现
A.A speed greater than that for L/DMAX.
/B.A speed equal to that for L/DMAX.
C.A speed less than that for L/DMAX.
B X (正答 A)
151.Compared to dynamic hydroplaning, at what speed
does viscous hydroplaning occur when landing on a
smooth, wet runway?比较动态滑水,平滑湿跑道上粘性滑水发生的速度为
A.At approximately 2.0 times the speed that dynamic
hydroplaning occurs.
//B.At a lower speed than dynamic hydroplaning. C.At the same speed as dynamic hydroplaning.
B X
152.Equivalent shaft horsepower (ESHP) of a turboprop
engine is a measure of 涡桨发动机的等效轴马力计量
A.turbine inlet temperature.
//B.shaft horsepower and jet thrust.
C.propeller thrust only.
B X
153.How should reverse thrust propellers be used during
landing for maximum effectiveness in stopping? 着陆减速停止中如何获得反桨的最大效率
A.Gradually increase reverse power to maximum as rollout
speed decreases.
/B.Use maximum reverse power as soon as possible after
touchdown.
C.Select reverse-pitch after landing and use idle power
setting of the engines.
B X
154.How should thrust reversers be applied to reduce
landing distance for trubojet aircraft? 涡喷发动机飞机如何使用反推来缩短着陆距离
/A.Immediately after ground contact.
B.Immediately prior to touchdown.
C.After applying maximum wheel braking.
A X
155.If an engine failure occurs at an altitude above
single-engine ceiling, what airspeed should be maintained?
单发升限之上单发失效,应保持什么速度
A.VMC. B.VYSE. C.VXSE.
B X
156.In a light ,twin-engine airplane with one engine
inoperative, when is it acceptable to allow the ball of a
slip-skid indicator to be deflected outside the reference
lines?轻型双发飞机单发失效,什么情况下可以接受侧滑指示器的小球偏离到参考线以外
A.-While maneuvering at minimum controllable air-speed to
avoid over banking.
/B.-When operating at any airspeed greater than Vmc.
C.-When practicing imminent stalls in a banked attitude.
B X
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Weight&Balance,FlightOperation,CRM,Meteorology
2010-11-5 Page 1 of 25
Chapter 5. Weight and Balance 重量与平衡
1. What are some characteristics of an airplane loaded
with the CG at the aft limit?重心在后极限,飞机的性能特性是
A.Lowest stall speed, highest cruise speed, and least stability
B.Highest stall speed, highest cruise speed, and least
stability.
C.Lowest stall speed, lowest cruise speed, and highest
stability.
A X
2.What characteristic should exist if an airplane is loaded
to the rear of its CG range?重心在后极限,存在的飞行特性是
A.Sluggish in aileron control.
B.Sluggish in rudder control
C.Unstable about the lateral axis
C X
3.As the CG is moved forward, the stability 随着重心前移,飞机稳定性
A.Improves
B.Decrease
C.dose not change
A X
4.In flight ,as the time goes on , the CG will 飞行中随着时间推移,重心会
A.change
B.not change
C.may change or may not change
A X
5.In small airplanes, normal recovery form spins may
become difficult if the 小飞机的螺旋改出可能变得困难,如果
A.-CG is too far rearward and rotation is around the
longitudinal axis.
B.-CG is too far rearward and rotation is around the CG.
C.-spin is entered before the stall is fully developed.
C X
Chapter 6. Flight Operations 航班运行
1.Information recorded during normal operation of a
cockpit voice recorder in a large pressurized airplane
with four reciprocating engines 四发活塞大型增压座舱飞机的驾驶舱话音记录器正常工作时记录的信息
A.May all be erased or otherwise obliterated except for the
last 30 minutes
B.May be erased or otherwise obliterated except for the last
30 minutes prior to landing
C.May all be erased, as the voice recorder is not required on
an aircraft with reciprocating engines.
A X
2.Information obtained from flight data and cockpit voice
recorders shall be used only for determining 飞行数据记录器和驾驶舱话音记录器的记录数据仅用于
A.Who was responsible for any accident or incident B.Evidence for use in civil penalty or certificate action
C.Possible causes of accidents or incidents
C X
3.Land and Hold Short Operations (LAHSO) include
landing and holding short:交叉跑道着陆短时等待操作包
括着陆并在_______等待
A.Of an intersecting taxiway only.
B.Of some designated point on the runway.
C.Only of an intersecting runway or taxiway.
B X
4.Normally, a dispatcher should be scheduled for no more
than 通常签派员值班不超过______
A.8 hours of service in any 24 consecutive hours
B.10 hours of duty in any 24 consecutive hours
C.10 consecutive hours of duty
C X
5.Northwest wind can be presented as 西北风可表示为
A. 200°or NW B. 315°or NW C. 135°or SE
B X
6.Prior to listing an aircraft as an alternate airport in the
dispatch release, weather reports must indicate that
weather conditions will be at or above authorized
minimums at that airport 在签派放行单中将某机场列为备降场之前,气象报必须表明该机场的天气在_____时不低于批准的最低标准
A.during the entire flight.
B.for the period of 1 hour before to 1 hour after the ETA.
C.when the flight arrives.
C X
7.Regulations concerning the operational control of a
flight refer to 与航班运行控制相关的法规指的是
A.the specific duties of any required crewmember.
B.exercising authority over initiating, conducting, or
terminating a flight.
C.exercising the privileges of pilot-in-command of an
aircraft.
B X
8.Route that require a flight navigator are listed in the 要求飞行领航员的航路列在
A.Airplane Flight Manual
B.International Flight Information Manual
C.Air Carrier's Operations Specifications
C X
9.Series A NOTAMs is mainly released to 系列 A 航行通告主要发布给
A.domestic airport flight information office.
B.foreign international NOTAMs office.
C.domestic area flight information center.
B X
10.Series C NOTAMs of Class 2 must be disseminated to
domestic area flight information center NOTAMs office
2 级系列 C 航行通告必须提前几天发布给国内地区飞行情报中心航行通告室
A.25 days ago. B.15 days ago. C.7 days ago.
B X
11.The "runway hold position" sign denotes 跑道等待位标牌表示
A.An area protected for an aircraft approaching a runway
B.An entrance to runway from a taxiway
C.Intersecting runways
C X
12.The ATS unit must ensure that pilots are kept
informed of any change in the status of airport facilities
_____.空中交通服务单位必须确保飞行员持续获得____
机场设施状态改变的情报
A. at their destinations
B. at their alternate aerodromes
C. A and B
C X
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Weight&Balance,FlightOperation,CRM,Meteorology
2010-11-5 Page 2 of 25
13.What terms could a ATC furnishes pilots' braking
action reports using?管制员用哪些术语提供刹车效应
A. "good", "fair", "poor" and "nil" or a combination of these
terms.
B. the percentage of the proximate braking action.
C. only use "good", "fair", "poor" and "nil" with no
combination of these terms.
A X
14.When a speed adjustment is necessary to maintain
separation, what minimum speed may ATC request of an
aircraft operating above 3,000 meters, which normal
cruising speed is 150 knots?调速保持间隔时,管制可以要求 3000 米以上正常巡航速度 150 节的飞机最低速度多大
A. 150 knots B. 250 knots C. 330 knots
A X
15.when a speed adjustment is necessary to maintain
separation, what minimum speed may ATC request of a
piston aircraft departing an airport?调速保持间隔,管制可以要求离场活塞飞机最低调速多大
A. 170 knots B. 150 knots C. 130 knots
B X
16.When a speed adjustment is necessary to maintain
separation, what minimum speed may ATC request of a
piston arrival aircraft operating except 20 miles from
threshold?调速保持间隔时,管制可以要求距离跑道入口20 海里的进场活塞飞机最低调速多少
A. 200 knots B. 170 knots C. 150 knots
C X
17.When a speed adjustment is necessary to maintain
separation, what minimum speed may ATC request of a
turbojet arrival aircraft operating except 20 miles from
threshold?调速保持间隔时,管制可以要求距离跑道入口20 海里的进场喷气飞机最低调速多少
A. 200 knots B. 170 knots C. 150 knots
B X
18.When a speed adjustment is necessary to maintain
separation, what minimum speed may ATC request of a
turboprop arrival aircraft operating except 20 miles from
threshold? 调速保持间隔时,管制可以要求距离跑道入口20 海里的进场涡桨飞机最低调速多少
A. 200 knots B. 170 knots C. 150 knots
C X
19.When a speed adjustment is necessary to maintain
separation, what minimum speed may ATC request of a
piston arrival aircraft operating below 3,000 meters? 调速保持间隔时,管制可以要求 3000 米以下的进场活塞飞机最低调速多少
A. 210 knots B. 200 knots C. 150 knots
B X
20.When a speed adjustment is necessary to maintain
separation, what minimum speed may ATC request of a
turboprop arrival aircraft operating below 3,000 meters?
调速保持间隔时,管制可以要求 3000 米以下的进场涡桨飞机最低调速多少
A. 210 knots B. 200 knots C. 170 knots
B X
21.when a speed adjustment is necessary to maintain
separation, what minimum speed may ATC request of a
turbojet aircraft departing an airport? 调速保持间隔时,管制可以要求离场活塞飞机最低调速多少
A. 250 knots B. 230 knots C. 210 knots
B X
22.What is the hijack code?劫机代码为
A. 7200. B. 7500. C. 7777.
B X
23.The fuel reserve required for a
reciprocating-engine-powered supplemental air carrier
airplane upon arrival at the most distant alternate
airport during a flight in the contiguous China is 在中国境内执行非定期航班的活塞发动机飞机到达最远备降场要求的备用油量为
A. 45 minutes at normal cruising fuel consumption.
B. The fuel required to fly to the alternate, plus 10 percent.
C. 3 hours at normal cruising fuel consumption.
A X
24.The minimum amount (planned) of fuel to be aboard a
flag carrier turbojet airplane on a flight within the
contiguous China , after reaching the most distant
alternate airport, should be 在中国境内执行国际定期航班的涡喷发动机飞机到达最远备降场后,机载最低油量为
A. 45 minutes at normal cruising fuel consumption.
B. 2 hours at normal cruising fuel consumption.
C. enough fuel to return to the destination airport or to fly for
90 minutes at normal cruising fuel consumption, whichever
is less.
A X
25.Upon arriving at the most distant airport, what is the
fuel reserve requirement for a turbopropeller flag air
carrier airplane?涡桨飞机执行国际定期航班到达最远备降场后,备用油量的要求是
A. 90 minutes at holding altitude and speed fuel consumption
or 30 minutes plus 15 percent of cruise fuel consumption,
whichever is less.
B. 45 minutes at holding altitude.
C. 30 minutes plus 15 percent of the total time required, or
90 minutes at normal cruise, whichever is less.
C X
26.What phases is the Critical Flight Phases?关键飞行阶段是指
A. climb and descent when below 3,000 meters, taxi, takeoff,
and landing.
B. climb and descent when below 3,000 meters.
C. takeoff, and landing.
A X
27.What action is necessary when a partial loss of ILS
receiver capability occurs while operating in controlled
airspace under IFR?管制空域仪表飞行,盲降接收机部分功能失效,应该采取什么措施
A. Continue as cleared and file a written report to the
Administrator if requested.
B. If the aircraft is equipped with other radios suitable for
executing an instrument approach, no further action is
necessary
C. Report the malfunction immediately to ATC.
C X
28.What altitude and route should be used if the pilot is
flying in IFR weather conditions and has two-way radio
communications failure?航路仪表飞行中双向无线电失效,
应按照什么高度和航路继续飞行
A. Continue on the route specified in the clearance and fly
the highest of the following: the last assigned altitude,
altitude ATC has informed the pilot to expect, or to the MEA. B. Descend to MEA and, if clear of clouds, proceed to the
nearest appropriate airport. If not clear of clouds, maintain
the highest of the MEAs along the clearance route.
C. Fly the most direct route to the destination, maintaining
the last assigned altitude or MEA, whichever is higher.
A X
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Weight&Balance,FlightOperation,CRM,Meteorology
2010-11-5 Page 3 of 25
29.Instructions are directives issued by ATC for the
purpose of(ATC 发布指令的目的是?)
A.requiring a pilot to read back.
B.keeping flight status.
C.requiring a pilot to take specific action.
C X
30.It should be reported without ATC request that 无需管制要求就需要自动报告的是
A. When unable to climb at a rate of at least 500 feet per
minute.
B. When unable to descend at a rate of at least 1000 feet per
minute.
C. When unable to climb or descend at a rate of at least 600
feet per minute.
A X
31.The bottom of the Class B airspace is appropriate to
B 类空域的底界是
A.FL 6,300m. B.FL 6,000m. C.FL 600m.
C X
32.The cruising speed of an aircraft is 800 kilometers,
what should be entered in the CRUISING SPEED section
of the flight plan?飞机巡航高度 800 千米/小时,则飞行计划中 CRUISEING SPEED 一栏应填写
A.850. B.K0850. (在表中的表示方法) C.0850K.
B X
33.The lowest ILS Category II minimums are 二类盲降的最低着陆标准是
A.DH 50 feet and RVR 1,200 feet.
B.DH 100 feet and RVR 1,200 feet.
C.DH 150 feet and RVR 1,500 feet.
B X
34.The propose of the speed adjustment issued by ATC to
the radar-controlled aircraft are?管制给雷达管制飞机下达调速指令的目的是
A. to achieve the desired separation.
B. to maintain enough separation;
C. both A and B
C X
The top of Class D airspace corresponds to
D 类空域的顶界高度为
A.600m AGL.
B.Final approach fix.
C.The first holding pattern level.
C X
Under what condition does ATC issue safety alerts?管制何时发布安全告警
A. When collision with another aircraft is imminent.
B. If the aircraft altitude is noted to be in close proximity to
the surface or an obstacle.
C. When weather conditions are extreme and wind shear or
large hail is in the vicinity.
B X
Under what condition should a pilot on IFR advise ATC
of minimum fuel status?仪表飞行员何时向管制报告最低油量状态
A. When the fuel supply becomes less than that required for
IFR.
B. If the remaining fuel suggests a need for traffic or landing priority.
C. If the remaining fuel precludes any undue delay.
C X
What does the term "minimum fuel" imply to ATC?术语最低油量对于管制员意味着
A. Traffic priority is needed to the destination airport.
B. Emergency handling is required to the nearest suitable
airport.
C. Advisory that indicates an emergency situation is possible
should an undue delay occur.
C X
What is the lowest HAT for which a Category II
applicant can be certified during the original issuance of
the authorization?初次获得二类盲降等级,最低可以下降到跑道接地区以上高度多少
A.100 feet AGL. B.150 feet AGL. C.200 feet AGL.
B X
What is the maximum distance that a departure alternate
airport may be from the departure airport for a
two-engine airplane?双发飞机起飞备降场最远距离机场
A.2 hours at normal cruising speed in still air with one
engine operating.
B.1 hour at normal cruising speed in still air with one engine
inoperative.
C.1 hour at normal cruising speed in still air with both
engines operating.
B X
What is the purpose of a prohibited airspace?禁飞区目的
A.To prohibit entry of any aircrafts.
B.To prohibit entry of air force aircrafts only.
C.To prohibit entry of civil aircrafts only.
A X
35.What is the purpose of an ATC instruction?管制指令的目的是
A.To require a pilot to take a specific action.
B.To state some important information.
C.To warn the pilot.
A X
36.What is the purpose of danger airspace?危险区目的
A.To warn nonparticipating aircrafts of the potential danger.
B.To prohibit nonparticipating aircrafts of entry.
C.To protect military activities.
A X
37.What is the time interval for filing flight plan?填报飞行计划的提前时间为
A.At least one hour prior to the departure time.
B.At least 30 minutes prior to the departure time.
C.At least one hour and a half prior to the departure time.
C X
38.What is the time limitation for filing flight application?
填报飞行申请的时间限制是
A.At least before 1500 Beijing Time prior to the departure
date.
B.At least before 1700 Beijing Time prior to the departure
date.
C.At least before 1200 Beijing Time prior to the departure
date.
A X
39.What report should the pilot make at a clearance limit?
在许可界限处,飞行员需要做什么报告
A. time and altitude/flight level arriving or leaving.
B. time, altitude/flight level, and expected holding speed.
C. time, altitude/flight level, expected holding speed, and
inbound leg length. A X
40.When a flight plan indicates IFR for the entire route,
pilot should fill the FLIGHT RULES box with letter 飞行计划中表示整个航路都是仪表飞行,则 FLIGHT RULES
一栏应该填写字母
A.Y. B.I. C.Z.
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Weight&Balance,FlightOperation,CRM,Meteorology
2010-11-5 Page 4 of 25
B X
41.When a pilot plans a flight using NDB NAVAIDS.
Which rule applies?飞行员计划使用 NDB 导航,则法规要求
A.The airplane must have sufficient fuel to proceed. by
means of VOR NAVIDS, to a suitable airport and land.
B.The pilot must be able to return to the departure airport
using other navigation radios.
C.The airplane must have sufficient fuel to proceed, by
means of VOR NAVAIDS, to a suitable airport and complete
an instrument approach by use of the remaining airplane
radio system.
C X
42.When an air carrier flight is operated under IFR or
over-the-top on "victor airways," which navigation
equipment is required to be installed in duplicate?航线运输机在 VOR 航线上执行仪表或云上目视飞行,则哪个设备要求配备双套系统
A.VOR B.ADF C.VOR and DME
A X
43.When an ATC controller assigns a too low speed for
the aircraft's operating limitation under the existing
circumstance, what should the pilot do?管制员指定速度超出当前情况下飞机的运行极限,则飞行员应该
A. reduce speed to the assigned speed.
B. reduce speed to the minimum speed at that circumstance.
C. advise ATC of the speed that will be used.
C X
44.When can a pilot expect landing priority?何时飞行员请求着陆优先权
A. on a first-come, first serve basis, because the Air Traffic
Control towers handle all aircraft regardless of the type of
flight plan.
B. during emergency
C. both A and B
C X
45.When can an aircraft be expected of changing
frequency from tower to ground control after landing?着陆后,飞行员何时可以切换塔台频率到地面管制频率
A. just after landing and stop taxiing on the runway.
B. remain on the tower frequency until instructed to do
otherwise.
C. when exit the runway.
B X
46.When carrying a passenger aboard an all-cargo
aircraft, which of the following applies?全货机载客,法规要求
A. The passenger must have access to a seat in the pilot
compartment.
B. The pilot in command may authorize the passenger to be
admitted to the crew compartment.
C. Crew-type oxygen must be provided for the passenger.
B X
47.When proceeding to the alternate airport, which
minimums apply?飞往备降场,哪些最低标准适用
A.The alternate minimums calculated from the IAP chart.
B.The actual minimums shown on the IAP chart.
C.visibility 1,600m and ceiling 120m. B X
48.When the pilot in command is responsible for a
deviation during an emergency, the pilot should submit a
written report 机长负责应急时的偏离,之后何时提交书面报告
A. within 10 days after the deviation.
B. after returning home.
C. after the flight is completed.
C X
49.When the tower controller instructs the taxiway to the
aircraft during landing taxi, which taxi way can an
aircraft use?塔台给飞机指定着陆后的滑行道,则飞机可以使用哪条滑行道脱离跑道
A. exit the runway at the nearest suitable taxiway without
delay.
B. exit the runway at the taxiway given by the tower
controller.
C. exit the runway at the suitable taxiway on the pilot's
determination.
B X
50.When vectoring to intercept the ILS localizer course
or MLS final approach track, the final vector shall be
such as to enable the aircraft to intercept the ILS
localizer course or MLS final approach track at an angle
not greater than __and to provide at least __straight and
level flight prior to ILS localizer course or MLS final
approach track intercept.引导飞机切入 ILS 航向道或微波着陆系统最后进近航迹时,最后进近引导必须满足:切入角度不大于___,切入点保证进入下滑道前有至少____
直线平飞距离
A.30degrees,2km B.40 degrees,2km C.30degrees,1.5km
A X
51.Where does a danger airspace may be located?危险区设立地点
A.Over the territory only.
B.Over the territory or open sea abut to China.
C.Over the open sea only.
B X
52.Where does a prohibited airspace be set up?禁飞区设立地点
A.Over domestic only.
B.Over open sea.
C.Over domestic or open sea.
A X
53.Where does a restricted airspace be set up?限飞区设立地点
A.Over open sea.
B.Over domestic only.
C.Over domestic and open sea.
B X
54.Which altitude is appropriate for the ceiling of Class C
airspace?(600--6000)C 类空域的顶界高度
A.FL 6,000m. B.FL 6,300m. C.FL 6,600m.
A X
55.Which altitude is appropriate for the floor of Class A
airspace? A 类空域的底界高度
A.FL 6,000m.
B.FL 6,300m. 6600m
C.The first holding pattern altitude.
B X
56.Which altitude is appropriate to the top of Class B
airspace?(600--6000) B 类空域的顶界高度
A.FL 6,300m. B.FL 6,000m. C.FL 600m.
B X 57.Which letter do you select to fill in the TYPE OF
FLIGHT box during IFR flight training?仪表飞行训练的飞行计划中 TYPE OF FLIGHT 应填
A.N. B.S. C.G.
C X
58.Which of following might not normally need be
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Weight&Balance,FlightOperation,CRM,Meteorology
2010-11-5 Page 5 of 25
reported without ATC request?下列哪个一般无需自动报告
A. expected holding speed
B. vacating a previously assigned altitude for a newly
assigned one.
C. when unable to climb or descend at a rate of at least 500
feet per minute.
A X
59.Which of following should be reported without ATC
request as a compulsory report?下列哪个无需管制要求就要作为强制报告自动报告
A. passengers on board
B. ordering galley supplies
C. when an approach has been missed.
C X
60.Which points should be reported to ATC without
request?哪个点需要向管制自动报告
A. when leaving the final approach fix outbound.
B. when leaving an assigned holding fix.
C. when leaving the final approach fix outbound, or when
leaving an assigned holding fix.
C X
61.Which procedure produces the minimum fuel
consumption for a given leg of the cruise flight? 哪个程序可以使同一巡航航段的油耗最少
A.Increase speed for a headwind.
B.Increase speed for a tailwind.
C.Increase altitude for a headwind, decrease altitude for a
tailwind.
A X
62.Which regulation does the pilot must comply with
during operation within Class A airspace?在 A 类空域运行时必须遵守什么规则
A.Approach Control Regulation.
B.Visual Flight Regulation.
C.Instrument Control Regulation.
C X
63.Which reports are required when operating IFR in
radar environment?雷达引导下仪表飞行需要报告
A. Position reports, vacating an altitude, unable to climb 500
ft/min, and time and altitude reaching a holding fix or point
to which cleared.
B. Position reports, vacating an altitude, unable to climb 500
ft/min, and time and altitude reaching a holding fix or point
to which cleared, and a change in average true airspeed
exceeding 5 percent or 10 knots.
C. Vacating an altitude, unable to climb 500 ft/min, reaching
a holding fix or point to which cleared, a change in average
true airspeed exceeding 5 percent or 10 knots, and leaving
any assigned holding fix or point.
C X
64.While flying IFR in controlled airspace, if one of the
two VOR receivers fails, which course of action should
the pilot-in-command follow?管制空域仪表飞行,如果两个 VOR 接收机中的一个失效,机长应遵循什么程序
A. No call is required if one of the two VOR receivers is
operating properly.
B. Advise ATC immediately. C. Notify the dispatcher via company frequency.
B X
65.While in IFR conditions, a pilot experiences two-way
radio communications failure. Which route should be
flown in the absence of an ATC assigned route or a route
ATC has advised to expect in a further clearance?仪表飞
行中遭遇双向无线电失效,在没有 ATC 指定航路或 ATC
预计指令航路的情况下,应飞什么航路
A. The most direct route to the filed alternate airport.
B. An off-airway route to the point of departure.
C. The route filed in the flight plan.
C X
66.Who is responsible for the issue of Class 2 NOTAMs?
谁负责 2 级航行通告的发布
A.Domestic flight information center NOTAMs office.
B.ATMB NOTAMs office.
C.International NOTAMs office of CAAC flight information
center.
C X
67.Who is responsible for the issue of Series D NOTAMs?
谁负责发布 D 系列航行通告
A.CCAFC.
B.Area flight information center.
C.Airport flight information office.
C X
68.Who is responsible for the issue of SNOWTAM?谁负责发布雪情通告
A.ATMB NOTAMs office.
B.Area flight information center.
C.Airport flight information office.
C X
69.Who is responsible of arranging the separation of the
aircrafts within Class A airspace? 在 A 类空域内,谁负责安排飞机之间的间隔
A.Air Traffic Controller. (ATC)
B.Pilot-in-command.
C.Dispatcher.
A X
70.Why the ATC ask the aircraft for speed adjustment?
为何管制要求飞机调速
A. to check the performance of the aircraft;
B. because ATC do think high speed is not good for safety;
C. to achieve or maintain the desired separation.
C X
71.You can't enter tower controlled airspace under IFR
weather conditions unless you have filed an IFR flight
plan and 仪表气象条件下,不可进入塔台管制空域,除非填报了仪表飞行计划并且
A.slowed down to the final approach IAS.
B.received an ATC clearance.
C.climbed to the appropriate altitude.
B X
72.You have just landed at JFK and the tower tells you to
call ground control when clear of the runway. You are
considered clear of runway when在JKF机场着陆后,塔台告诉你脱离跑道后呼叫地面管制。在何时认为飞机已经脱离跑道
A.The aft end of the aircraft is even with the taxiway
location sign
B.The flight deck area of the aircraft is even with the hold
line
C.All parts of aircraft have crossed the hold line.
C X
73.You should advise ATC of minimum fuel status when
your fuel supply has reached a state where, upon
reaching your destination, you cannot accept any undue
delay.当油量达到飞机抵达目的机场不可接受无故延误的状态时,需报告管制-最低油量状态
A. This will ensure your priority handling by ATC.
B. ATC will consider this action as if you had declared an
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Weight&Balance,FlightOperation,CRM,Meteorology
2010-11-5 Page 6 of 25
emergency.
C. If your remaining usable fuel supply suggests the need for
traffic priority to ensure a safe landing, declare an emergency
due to low fuel and report fuel remaining in minutes.
C X
74.Who is required to submit a written report on a
deviation that occurs during an emergency?应急状态发生偏离,谁要提交书面报告
A. Person who found the emergency.
B. Person who heard the emergency.
C. Pilot in command.
C X
75.Who is responsible for obtaining information on all
current airport conditions, weather, and irregularities of
navigation facilities for a supplemental air carrier flight?
执行非定期航班,谁负责获取所有关于机场条件、气象以及导航设施变更的情报
A.Aircraft dispatcher.
B.Director of operations or flight follower.
C.Pilot in command.
C X
76.While on an IFR flight in controlled airspace, the
failure of which unit will precipitate an immediate report
to ATC?管制空域仪表飞行,哪个设备失效需要立即报告管制
A.One engine, on a multiengine aircraft
B.Airborne radar
C.DME
C X
77.(1-1) At a waypoint , PTL 130 is notified that the
Chongqing Airport is closed. PTL 130 is told to proceed
to Chengdu Inti Airport.PTL 130 is operating under
CCAR Part 121. The PIC on PTL 130 has less than 100
hours as PIC in the B-727. What are PICs minimums for
the VOR/DME RWY 02 approach?(新机长备降)
A. MDH150m,VIS2400m.
B.MDH120m,VIS1600m.
C.MDH100m,VIS1600m.
B X
78.(Refer to Figure 6-1) At what point must the missed
approach be initiated on the VOR/DME Rwy 36R at
CAPITAL, if still IMC?仪表气象条件下,首都机场 36R 跑道 VOR/DME 进近,复飞点是
A.D0.3 PEK. B.Above PEK VOR. C.D0.2 PEK.
B X
79.(Refer to Figure 6-1) During final approach, the
altitude of LOM is 1,360 feet, the height of LOM to the
touchdown zone is 最后进近中,远台处高度应为 1360 尺,
其应高于接地区多少
A.1,360 feet. B.1,245 feet. C.1,262 feet.
C X
80.(Refer to Figure 6-1) During the VOR/DME Rwy 36R
approach while maintaining an on glide slope indication
with a groundspeed of 140 knots, what was the
appropriate rate of descent?在 36R 跑道 VOR/DME 进近时保持下滑道,地速 140 节时下降率大约为
A.632 feet per minute.
B.843 feet per minute. C.737 feet per minute.
C X
81.(Refer to Figure 6-1) How can the FAF on the
VOR/DME Rwy 36R of CAPITAL be identified?首都机场 36R 跑道 VOR/DME 进近的最后进近定位点如何识别
A.11.7NM from PEK.
B.11.7KM from PEK.
C.11.7SM from PEK.
A X
82.(Refer to Figure 6-1) If the pilot has identified PEK on
the VOR/DME Rwy 36R straight-in land at CAPITAL,
what height above the touchdown zone does a Category C
aircraft descend to in IMC? 首都机场 36R 跑道VOR/DME直接进近识别PEK后,C类飞机在仪表气象条件下能下降到高于接地区以上多大高度
A.372 feet. B.470 feet. C.525 feet.
A X
83.(Refer to Figure 6-1) The ATIS of CAPITAL airport is
broadcast on the frequency of 首都机场通播频率
A.127.6MHz. B.127.6KHz. C.114.7MHz.
A X
84.(Refer to Figure 6-1) The FAF is indicated with a cross
in the profile view of the chart. To what height does the
aircraft descend when it intercepts the final approach
segment?最后进近定位点在航图剖面图中用交叉号表示。飞机切入
A.1360 feet. B.3940 feet. C.3842 feet.
C X
85.(Refer to Figure 6-1) The highest terrain shown in the
plan view section of the VOR/DME Rwy 36R approach
chart is 跑道 36R VOR/DME 进近平面图中的最高地形标高为
A.1,496 feet. B.900 feet. C.1,244 feet.
A X
86.(Refer to Figure 6-1) The highest terrain shown in the
plan view section of the VOR/DME Rwy 36R approach
chart is 1,496 feet MSL, what is the height above the
airport of this obstruction then? 跑道 36R VOR/DME 进近平面图中的最高地形标高为海拔 1496尺,其高于机场平面多高
A.1,398 feet. B.1,026 feet. C.1,381 feet.
C X
87.(Refer to Figure 6-1) What are the landing minimums
for B737 with ALS out?波音 737 在 ALS 不工作时最低着陆标准为
A.MDA 470 feet and RVR 1,600m.
B.MDA 470 feet and VIS 1,500m.
C.MDA 470 feet and RVR 1,500m.
C X
88.(Refer to Figure 6-1) What is the frequency of the
primary navaid facility on the VOR/DME Rwy 36R
approach at CAPITAL?首都机场 36R跑道 VOR/DME 进近主要设施频率为
A.308KHz. B.114.7MHz. C.240KHz.
B X
89.(Refer to Figure 6-1) When the aircraft is intercepting
R-188 HUR with an intercept angle of 45o during
go-around, how much is the intercept heading?复飞时 45
度切入角切入 HUR188 径向线的切入航向为
A.143o. B.233o. C.53o.
A X
90.(Refer to Figure 6-1) Which approach lighting is
available for VOR/DME Rwy 36R? 跑 道 36R 作VOR/DME 进近的进近灯光为
A.HIALS. B.HIALS with PAPI. C.PAPI.
B X
91.(Refer to Figure 6-1) While being turning from D34.0
HUR to D16.0 PEK for the VOR/DME Rwy 36R, Beijing
Approach control tells pilot to contact the Tower, what
frequency should be tuned?跑道 36R 作 VOR/DME 进近
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Weight&Balance,FlightOperation,CRM,Meteorology
2010-11-5 Page 7 of 25
前,从 D34.0HUR 转向 D16.0PEK,进近管制告诉飞行员联系塔台,塔台频率应为
A.118.1KHz. B.118.5KHz. C.118.1MHz.
C X
92.(Refer to Figure 6-2) During the ILS/DME Rwy 36L
approach while maintaining an on glide slope indication
with a groundspeed of 150 knots, what was the
approximate rate of descent?跑道 36L 作 ILS/DME 进近保持下滑道,地速 150 节,则下降率大约为
A.760 feet per minute.
B.780 feet per minute.
C.800 feet per minute.
B X
93.(Refer to Figure 6-2) How can the FAF on the
ILS/DME Rwy 36L of CAPITAL be identified?首都机场36L 跑道 ILS/DME 进近的最后进近定位点如何识别
A.16.5KM from ILG.
B.16.5NM from ILG.
C.16.5SM from ILG.
B X
94.(Refer to Figure 6-2) How much is the height from
LOM to the touchdown zone while executing ILS/DME
approach?执行 ILS/DME 进近时,远台与接地区的高度差
A.762 feet. B.870 feet. C.755 feet.
A X
95.(Refer to Figure 6-2) If an aircraft is cleared to
circle-to-land on Rwy 36L at CAPITAL, and its
maximum speed is approximately 180 knots, what height
above the airport could it descend to?如果许可飞机在首都机场 36L 跑道盘旋着陆,飞机最大速度 180 节,则其可以下降到机场平面以上高度多少
A.870 feet. B.762 feet. C.755 feet.
C X
96.(Refer to Figure 6-2) If the pilot has identified IDK on
the ILS/DME Rwy 36L straight-in land at CAPITAL,
what height above the airport does a Category B aircraft
descend to in IMC?首都机场 36L 跑道 ILS/DME 直接进近,识别 IDK后,B类飞机在仪表气象条件下可以下降到机场平面以上高度
A.308 feet. B.193 feet. C.200 feet.
B X
97.(Refer to Figure 6-2) The aircraft has landed at 1100,
pilot should contact with Ground Control on the
frequency of 飞机 1100 时着陆,飞行员应联系地面频率
A.121.7MHz. B.121.9MHz. C.121.7KHz.
B X
98.(Refer to Figure 6-2) The glide slope angle of
ILS/DME Rwy 36L at CAPITAL is 3o, what is the
corresponding rate of descent? 首都机场 36L 跑道ILS/DME 进近下滑角为 3 度,则其对应多大下降梯度
A.5.2%. B.4.8%. C.5.5%.
A X
99.(Refer to Figure 6-2) The highest terrain shown in the
plan view section of the ILS/DME Rwy 36L approach
chart is 跑道 36L 进行 ILS/DME 进近图平面图中最高地形为
A.1,496 feet. B.1,244 feet. C.900 feet.
B X 100.(Refer to Figure 6-2) What is the frequency of the
primary navaid facility on the ILS/DME Rwy 36L
approach at CAPITAL?首都机场 36L 跑道 ILS/DME 进近主要设施的频率为
A.110.3MHz. B.114.7MHz. C.111.7MHz.
C X
101.(Refer to Figure 6-2) What is the identifier of
HUAIROU VOR/DME?怀柔 VOR/DME 的识别码为
A.HUR. B.PEK. C.IDK.
A X
102.(Refer to Figure 6-2) What is the procedure for
initiating the missed approach on the ILS/DME Rwy 36L
at CAPITAL?首都机场 36L跑道 ILS/DME进近的复飞程序为
A.Climb straight ahead to L NDB, right turn, then select
HUR VOR.
B.Climb straight ahead to 990 feet.
C.Climb straight ahead to LG NDB, right turn, then select
HUR VOR.
C X
103.(Refer to Figure 6-2) Which approach lighting is
available for ILS/DME Rwy 36L?跑道 36L 的 ILS/DME
进近灯光为
A.HIALS with PAPI. B.HIALS. C.PAPI.
A X
104.(Refer to Figure 6-3) If an aircraft has been aligned
with the center line of Rwy 35 at PUDONG, the heading
indicator should indicate 如果飞机对准了浦东机场 35 号跑道,其航向指示器应指
A.342o. B.347o. C.352o.
B X
105.(Refer to Figure 6-3) The magnetic direction of Rwy
17 at PUDONG is 浦东机场 17 号跑道磁航向为
A.162o. B.172o. C.167o.
C X
106.(Refer to Figure 6-3) The true direction of Rwy 35 at
PUDONG is 浦东机场 35 号跑道真航向为
A.342o. B.347o. C.352o.
A X
107.(Refer to Figure 6-3) What is the elevation of
PUDONG airport?浦东机场的机场标高为
A.8 feet. B.10 feet. C.12 feet.
B X
108.(Refer to Figure 6-3) What is the elevation of Rwy 17
at PUDONG?浦东机场 17 号跑道的跑道标高为
A.8 feet. B.12 feet. C.10 feet.
C X
109.(Refer to Figure 6-3) What is the elevation of Rwy 35
at PUDONG?浦东机场 35 号跑道的跑道标高为
A.10 feet. B.8 feet. C.12 feet.
A X
110.(Refer to Figure 6-3) Which frequency should be
checked first while asking for takeoff clearance at
PUDONG airport?浦东机场请求起飞首先联系的频率为
A.124.35MHz. B.127.85MHz. C.118.8MHz.
C X
111.(Refer to Figure 6-3) Which frequency should be
selected to check the airport and weather conditions prior
to departure from PUDONG?浦东机场起飞前检查机场条件、气象情报,要调到频率
A.127.85MHz. B.124.35MHz. C.121.65MHz.
A X
112.(Refer to Figure 6-3) While requesting the start-up
time at PUDONG airport, pilot should tune at first on the
frequency of 浦东机场请求开车时间,飞行员首先调到
A.124.35MHz. B.121.65MHz. C.127.85MHz.
B X
113.(Refer to Figure 6-3, 6-4) What distance is available
for landing beyond on Rwy 35 at PUDONG?浦东机场 35
号跑道下滑道外着陆可用距离为
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Weight&Balance,FlightOperation,CRM,Meteorology
2010-11-5 Page 8 of 25
A.12,097 feet. B.12,093 feet. C.13,123 feet.
A X
114.(Refer to Figure 6-3, 6-4) What distance is available
for takeoff on Rwy 17 at PUDONG?浦东机场 17 号跑道起飞可用距离为
A.12,093 feet. B.12,097 feet. C.13,123 feet.
C X
115.(Refer to Figure 6-4) For an aircraft of Category D
with 4 turbo-powered engines, what is the takeoff
minimum for Rwy 17 at PUDONG with HIRL and CL
operating?4 台涡轮发动机 D 类飞机在浦东机场 17 号跑道上有高强度跑道边灯和中线灯时的起飞最低标准为
A.RVR 300m. B.RVR 400m. C.RVR 250m.
C X
116.(Refer to Figure 6-4) For an aircraft with 2
turbo-powered engines, what is the takeoff minimum for
Rwy 35 at PUDONG with only RL operating?浦东机场35
号跑道仅有跑道边灯工作时起飞最低标准为
A.RVR 250m. B.RVR 400m. C.RVR 200m.
B X
117.(Refer to Figure 6-4) The color of Rwy 17 HIALS is
跑道 17 的高强度进近灯光系统的颜色为
A.blue. B.white. C.green.
B X
118.(Refer to Figure 6-4) What is the takeoff minimum
for Rwy 17 at PUDONG that applies to an aircraft with 2
propelled engines?双发螺旋桨飞机在浦东机场 17 号跑道的起飞最低标准
A.VIS 1,600m. B.RVR 200m. C.RVR 250m.
A X
119.(Refer to Figure 6-5) At the bottom of this enroute
chart excerpt, ZHENGZHOU ACC's information is
enclosed in a rectangle, what is the meaning of the
asterisk symbol preceding 122.20?此航路图底部,郑州空管中心的信息写在方框中,在数字 122.20 前面的星号表示
A.It means frequency 122.20 is very important.
B.It means VHF communication is available on a part-time
basis.
C.It means 122.20 MHz is the major communication
frequency.
B X
120.(Refer to Figure 6-5) If an aircraft is estimated to
arrive WEIXIAN at 1300z, pilot should contact
ZHENGZHOU CONTROL on the frequency of 飞机预达卫县 1300z,飞行员联系郑州区调的频率应为
A.122.20MHz. B.8897KHz. C.3016KHz.
C X
121.(Refer to Figure 6-5) What is the announced FL on
the airway B215 between TAIYUAN and
DAWANGZHUANG?太原和大王庄间航线 B215 的公布高度层为
A.9,000m. B.12,000m. C.3,100m.
A X
122.(Refer to Figure 6-5) What is the MAA on the airway
A461 between ZHOUKOU and WEIXIAN?周口到卫县之间航线 A461 的最大许可高度为
A.FL 29,500 feet. B.FL 8,100 feet. C.FL 39,400 feet.
C X 123.(Refer to Figure 6-5) What is the MSA on the airway
B215 between TAIYUAN and DAWANGZHUANG?太原到大王庄之间航线 B215 的最低安全高度为
A.FL 10,100 feet. B.FL 8,100 feet. C.FL 39,400 feet.
B X
124.(Refer to Figure 6-6) After takeoff from Rwy 36L at
CAPITAL, if the flight is cleared to depart via YV 4D,
pilot must tune VHF NAV on the frequency of 首都机场36L 跑道起飞后,如果许可执行 YV4D 离场程序,则飞行员必须将甚高频导航频率调到
A.114.7MHz. B.514MHz. C.113.6MHz.
C X
125.(Refer to Figure 6-6) Determine the VHF NAV
frequency for the YV 14D after takeoff from Rwy 36R at
CAPITAL on 首都机场 36R 跑道起飞后执行 YV14D 离场程序的甚高频导航频率应为
A.113.6KHz. B.113.6MHz. C.114.7MHz.
B X
126.(Refer to Figure 6-6) Using an average ground speed
of 140 knots, what minimum indicated rate of climb must
be maintained to meet the required climb gradient of
4.6% to 4,930 as specified on the SID?平均地速 140 节,最低指示爬升率为多少才能保证标准仪表离场程序中规定的 4.6%的爬升梯度达到 4930 尺
A.690 feet/minute. B.644 feet/minute. C.600 feet/minute
B X
127.(Refer to Figure 6-6) Using an average ground speed
of 150 knots, what minimum indicated rate of climb must
be maintained to meet the required climb gradient of 5%
to 4,930 as specified on the SID? 平均地速 150 节,最低指示爬升率为多少才能保证标准仪表离场程序中规定的5%的爬升梯度达到 4930 尺
A.760 feet/minute. B.851 feet/minute. C.699 feet/minute
A X
128.(Refer to Figure 6-6) Using an average ground speed
of 220 knots to depart along VY2D, what minimum
indicated rate of climb must be maintained to meet the
required climb gradient of 6.2% to FL148? 平均地速 220
节沿 VY2D 离场,最低指示爬升率为多少才能保证规定的6.2%的爬升梯度达到高度层 148
A.1,320 feet/minute
B.1,400 feet/minute
C.1,364 feet/minute.
C X
129.(Refer to Figure 6-6) What is the identifier of
TANGHEKOU NDB?唐河口 NDB 的识别码为
A.YV. B.WF. C.DK.
A X
130.(Refer to Figure 6-7) For a CAT D aircraft arriving
along 007o, the pilot-in-command could descend it to 沿007 径向线进场的 D 类飞机可以下降到高度层
A.FL138. B.FL128. C.FL158.
C X
131.(Refer to Figure 6-7) How should the pilot identify
the position to leave the area control for the LR 2A?飞行员如何判断离开区调进入 LR2A 进场程序
A.GUBEIKOU NDB.
B.HUAIROU VOR/DME.
C.The descent moment on the course of 227o.
A X
132.(Refer to Figure 6-7) If an aircraft belongs to CAT B
and is descending along the course of 227o, which altitude
could it descend to? B类飞机沿 227径向线下降,其可以下降到
A.FL158. B.FL148. C.FL168.
B X
133.(Refer to Figure 6-7) If the en route altitude of an
aircraft is FL118, what is the altitude when the aircraft
operates to DAWANGZHUANG along 007o 如果飞机航路高度为 FL118,那么沿 007 径向线达到大王庄时飞机的
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Weight&Balance,FlightOperation,CRM,Meteorology
2010-11-5 Page 9 of 25
高度应该为
A.FL118. B.FL128. C.FL138.
A X
134.(Refer to Figure 6-7) The initial point of KM 2A is at
进场程序 KM2A 的起始点为
A.The point cleared by ATC.
B.D38 to HUAIROU.
C.HUAILAI.
C X
135.(Refer to Figure 6-7) The initial point of VYK 2A is at
进场程序 VYK2A 的起始点为
A.D25 to PEK VOR/DME.
B.DAWANGZHUANG.
C.The point cleared by ATC.
B X
136.A pilot is flying in IFR weather conditions and has
two-way radio communications failure. What altitude
should be used?仪表气象条件下双线无线电失效后,应飞高度为
A. Last assigned altitude, altitude ATC has advised to expect,
or the MEA, whichever is highest.
B. An altitude that is at least 1,000 feet above the highest
obstacle along the route.
C. A VFR altitude that is above the MEA for each leg.
A X
137.A pilot is holding at an initial approach fix after
having experienced two-way radio communications
failure. When should that pilot begin descent for the
instrument approach?双向无线电失效后,飞行员在初始进近定位点等待。何时飞行员可以开始下降作仪表进近
A. At the EFC time, if this is within plus or minus 3 minutes
of the flight plan ETA as amended by ATC.
B. At flight plan ETA as amended by ATC.
C. At the EFC time as amended by ATC.
C X
138.A pilot is operating in Class G airspace. If existing
weather conditions are below those for VFR flight, an
IFR flight plan must be filed and an ATC clearance
received prior to 在 G 类空域飞行,天气低于目视标准,则在___之前必须填报仪表飞行计划并且接到管制许可
A.entering approach controlled airspace.
B.entering instrument meteorology conditions.
C.takeoff if weather conditions are below IFR minimums.
A X
139.A plane, MH 160°, receive this ATC clearance: "...
HOLD EAST OF THE ABC VORTAC ON THE ZERO
NINER ZERO RADIAL...",What is the recommended
procedure to enter the holding pattern?一架飞机航向 160,
接到管制指令”在ABC VORTAC以东090径向线上等待”,
则推荐的等待航线加入程序是
A.Teardrop only B.Direct only C.Parallel only
C X
140.A plane, MH 160°, receive this ATC clearance:
"...CLEARED TO THE ABC VORTAC HOLD SOUNTH
ON THE ONE EIGHT ZERO RADIAL, LEFT
TURNS...",What is the recommended procedure to enter
the holding pattern? 一架飞机航向 160,接到管制指令”
在ABC VORTAC以南180径向线上等待,左转”,则推荐的等待航线加入程序是
A.Teardrop only B.Direct only C.Parallel only
C X
141.A plane, MH 240°, receive this ATC clearance: "...
HOLD WEST OF THE ABC VORTAC ON THE TWO
SEVEN ZERO RADIAL...",What is the recommended
procedure to enter the holding pattern? 一架飞机航向240,接到管制指令”在 ABC VORTAC 以西 270 径向线上等待”,则推荐的等待航线加入程序是
A.Teardrop only B.Direct only C.Parallel only
A X
142.A plane, MH 300°, receive this ATC clearance: "...
HOLD WEST OF THE ABC VORTAC ON THE TWO
SEVEN ZERO RADIAL...",What is the recommended
procedure to enter the holding pattern? 一架飞机航向300,接到管制指令”在 ABC VORTAC 以西 270 径向线上等待”,则推荐的等待航线加入程序是
A.Teardrop only B.Direct only C.Parallel only
C X
143.A plane, MH 60°, receive this ATC clearance: "...
HOLD EAST OF THE ABC VORTAC ON THE ZERO
NINER ZERO RADIAL...",What is the recommended
procedure to enter the holding pattern? 一架飞机航向 60,
接到管制指令”在ABC VORTAC以东090径向线上等待”,
则推荐的等待航线加入程序是
A.Teardrop only B.Direct only C.Parallel only
A X
144.A provisional airport is an airport approved by the
Administrator for use by an air carrier certificate holder
for the purpose of 临时机场是局方批准给合格证持有人用来
A.obtaining provisions and fuel when unable, due to winds,
to proceed direct to the regular airport.
B.having the aircraft catered (foods, beverages, or supplies).
C.providing service to a community when the regular airport
is unavailable.
C X
145.Activities, which are prohibited during critical phases
of flight, include that 在飞行关键阶段禁止的活动包括
A. filling out logs
B. making passenger announcements
C. both a and b
C X
146.After experiencing two-way radio communications
failure en route, when should a pilot begin the descent for
the instrument approach?航路上双向无线电失效后,飞行员应何时开始下降进行仪表进近
A. Upon arrival at any initial approach fix for the instrument
approach procedure but not before the flight plan ETA as
amended by ATC.
B. Upon arrival at the holding fix depicted on the instrument
approach procedure at the corrected ETA, plus or minus
3minutes.
C. At the primary initial approach fix for the instrument
approach procedure at the ETA shown on the flight plan or
the EFC time, whichever is later.
A X
147.An airport approved by the Administrator for use by
an air carrier certificate holder for the purpose of
providing service to a community when the regular
airport is not available is a/an:局方批准给合格证持有人,
用以在正规机场无法使用时,给社区提供服务的
A.destination airport.
B.provisional airport. C.alternate airport.
B X
148.An alternate airport for departure is required 何时必须指定起飞备降场
A.if weather conditions are below authorized landing
minimums at the departure airport.
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Weight&Balance,FlightOperation,CRM,Meteorology
2010-11-5 Page 10 of 25
B.when the weather forecast at the estimated time of
departure is for landing minimums only.
C.when destination weather is marginal IFR.
A X
149.An alternate airport is not required for a
supplemental or commercial air carrier,
turbojet-powered airplane on an IFR outside the
contiguous China, if enough fuel 非定期航班涡喷飞机在中国境外作仪表飞行,如果燃油____,则无需备降场
A. is aboard to fly to the destination at normal cruise speed
and thereafter at least 2 hours at normal holding speed.
B. is aboard the airplane to fly to the destination and then to
fly for at least 2 more hours at normal cruising fuel
consumption.
C. to fly over the destination for 30 minutes at holding
airspeed at 1,500 feet AGL is carried aboard the airplane.
B X
150.An alternate airport must be listed in the dispatch
and flight release for all international operation air
carrier flights longer than 所有航时超过____的国际航班签派放行单/飞机放行单都要列出一个备降场
A.7 hours. B.8 hours. C.6 hours.
C X
An ATC "instruction"管制指令
A.must be read back in full to the controller and confirmed
before becoming effective.
B.is a directive issued by ATC for the purpose of requiring a
pilot to take specific action.
C.is the same as an ATC clearance.
B X
151.Below that altitude, except when in cruise flight, are
non-safety related cockpit activities by flight crew
members prohibited?在___以下除非巡航,否则一切与安全无关的机组活动都要禁止
A. 3,000 meters. B. 3,600 meters. C. 6,000 meters.
A X
152.Class 2 NOTAMs could be divided into 2 级航行通告可分为
A.Series A and Series C.
B.Series A, Series C and Series D.
C.Series A and Series D.
A X
153.During the period of Spring Festival, if you are
assigned to an additional flight, you should fill in the
TYPE OF FLIGHT box with letter 春节期间被指派加班飞行,TYPE OF FLIGHT 框中应填
A.N. B.M. C.X.
A X
154.Each pilot who deviates from an ATC clearance in
response to a TCAS advisory is expected to notify ATC
and 由于 TCAS 建议而偏离了管制许可,飞行员须报告管制并且
A.Maintain the course and altitude resulting from the
deviation, as ATS has radar contact
B.Request a new ATC clearance
C.Expeditiously return to the ATC clearance in effect prior to
the advisory , after the conflict is resolved
C X 155.How many days ago does a Class 1 NOTAM must be
disseminated before it becomes effective?1 级航行通告须在生效日期前几天发布
A.7 days ago. B.15 days ago. C.28 days ago.
A X
156.How often is SNOWTAM broadcast to distant
centers?雪情通告发布的周期是
A.Hourly.
B.One hour and a half a time.
C.30 minutes a time.
A X
157.If a flight has not been cleared for approach while on
a radar vector and it becomes apparent that the current
vector will take it across the final approach course 雷达引导时未许可进近,但显然当前引导航迹会穿越最后进近航道,则
A. the pilot should advise ATC of the situation. Do not turn
to intercept the approach course unless cleared to do so.
B. after advising ATC of the situation, the pilot may turn to
intercept the approach course.
C. the pilot may make a chance between A and B
A X
158.If a pilot is being radar vectored in IFR conditions
and loses radio communications with ATC, what action
should be taken?仪表条件下接受雷达引导并且与管制失去联系,则应
A. Fly directly to the next point shown on the IFR flight plan
and continue the flight.
B. Squawk 7700 and climb to VFR on Top.
/C. Fly direct to a fix, route, or airway specified in the vector
clearance.
C X
159.If a pilot suspects that he/she is suffering the effects
of hypoxia, the most appropriate remedy would be 飞行员怀疑自己缺氧,最佳补救方法是
A.use supplement oxygen or descend immediately to a low
level
B.voluntarily increase the depth of breathing to induce more
oxygen into the lungs
C.voluntarily increase the breathing rate to increase the
oxygen uptake
A X
160.If a received ATC clearance seems to be conflict to a
regulation, the pilot should 若管制许可似乎与法规抵触,飞行员应该
A.Do not accept the clearance.
B.Read the clearance back entirely.
C.Request a clarification from the ATC immediately.
C X
161.If an aircraft is operating within Class B airspace at
an indicated airspeed greater than 250 knots, the
elevation of the highest mountain from left 25 kilometers
to right 25 kilometers along the route is 2,650 meters, the
minimum safe altitude is飞机在B类空域高于 250节指示速度飞行,航线两侧 25 千米以内的最高山脉标高 2650 米,
则最低安全高度为
A.3,250m. (+600m) B.3,050m. C.2,950m.
A X
162.If an aircraft requests to land on a closed or unsafe
runway, can the pilot received landing clearance from
ATC?飞机请求在关闭或不安全跑道上着陆,可以接收到管制的着陆许可么
A. yes. At this time it is the pilot's responsibility for the
landing safety if the pilot decide to land. /B. no. At this time it is the pilot's responsibility for the
landing safety if the pilot decide to land.
C. no. the aircraft is prohibit for landing by the ATC.
B X
163.If an aircraft requests to land on a closed or unsafe
runway, the pilot will be informed by ATC as 飞机请求在
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Weight&Balance,FlightOperation,CRM,Meteorology
2010-11-5 Page 11 of 25
关闭或不安全跑道上着陆,管制会告知飞行员
A. no aircraft are allowed to land.
B. clear to land with caution.
C. runway is closed or unsafe runway.
C X
164.If an ATC controller assigns a speed, which is too fast
for the aircraft's operating limitation under the existing
circumstance, what should the pilot do?管制指定速度超出当前情况下飞机操作极限,则飞行员应
A. increase speed to the assigned speed.
B. increase speed to the maximum speed at that
circumstance.
C. advise ATC of the speed that will be used and expect the
controller issue new speed.
C X
165.If the cruising speed of an aircraft is 0.70 Marh, pilot
may enter the CRUISING SPEED box with 飞机巡航速度 0.70 马赫,CRUISING SPEED 框中应填
A.M070. B.070M. C.M0070.
A X
166.If the cruising speed of an aircraft is 0.70 Marh, pilot
may enter the CRUISING SPEED box with 飞机巡航速度 0.70 马赫,CRUISING SPEED 框中应填
A.M070. B.070M. C.M0070.
A X
167.If the cruising speed of an aircraft is 420 nautical
miles, pilot should fill in the CRUISING SPEED block
with 飞机巡航速度 420 节,CRUISING SPEED 框中应填
A.420N. B.N420. C.N0420.
C X
168.If the earliest takeoff time is 0800z, the first
SNOWTAM must be sent out prior to 最早起飞时刻0800z,则第一条雪情通告应早于___发出
A.0600z. B.0630z. C.0700z.
B X
169.If the estimated time of departure is 1400 Beijing
Time, pilot should file flight plan at least before 预计离场时间北京时 1400,则飞行计划至少早于__填报
A.1330 Beijing Time.
B.1300 Beijing Time.
C.1230 Beijing Time.
C X
170.If the first portion of the flight is under IFR and the
latter portion is under VFR, pilot should fill the FLIGHT
RULES box with letter 飞行先飞仪表后飞目视,FLIGHT
RULES 框中应填
A.Y. B.I. C.Z.
C X (正答 A)
171.If the flight level of an aircraft is desired to be 10,200
meters, pilot should fill in the LEVEL block of the flight
plan with 预计飞行高度层 10200 米,LEVEL 框中应填
A.F1020. B.S1020. C.L1020.
B X
172.If the flight level of an aircraft is desired to be 25,600
feet, pilot should fill in the LEVEL block of the flight
plan with 预计飞行高度层 25600 尺,LEVEL 框中应填
A.F256. B.F0256. C.M256.
A X 173.If the flight level of an aircraft is desired to be 9,000
meters, pilot should fill in the LEVEL block of the flight
plan with 预计飞行高度层 9000 米,LEVEL 框中应填
A.M9000. B.S9000. C.M0900.
C X
174.If the landing minimums for a NDB approach shown
on the IAP chart are visibility 2,000m and MDA 120m,
which minimums apply when you actually divert to this
airport?仪表进近程序图表中 NDB 进近的着陆最低标准为能见度2000米/最低下降高度120米,当备降飞到该机场时,适用的最低标准为
A.Visibility 2,800m and MDA 180m.
B.Visibility 3,600m and MDA 240m.
C.Visibility 2,000m and MDA 120m.
C X
175.If the landing minimums for an ILS approach shown
on the IAP chart are RVR 550m and DH 60m, which
minimums apply when you actually divert to this airport?
仪表进近程序图表中 ILS 进近的着陆最低标准为跑道视程 550米/决断高 120米,当备降飞到该机场时,适用的最低标准为
A.RVR 800m and DH 60m.
B.RVR 550m and DH 60m.
C.RVR 1,600m and DH 120m.
B X
176.If the pilot decided to land on a closed or unsafe
runway in emergency, who is responsible for the safety in
controlled airport?应急状态下,飞行员决定在关闭的或不安全跑道着陆,谁对管制机场的安全负责
A. it is the pilot's responsibility for the operating of the
aircraft and the separations between other aircraft.
B. it is the pilot's responsibility for the operating of the
aircraft and it is the ATC's responsibility for the separations
between other aircraft.
C. no one have the responsibility during emergency situation.
B X
177.If the wind direction measured by the weather station
is 180°,the optimum takeoff and landing direction is .气象站测得风向 180,则最佳起飞、着陆方向为
A.from south to north
B.from west to east
C.from north to south
C X
178.If the wind direction measured by the weather station
is 270°,the optimum takeoff and landing direction is . 气象站测得风向 270,则最佳起飞、着陆方向为
A.from east to west
B.from west to east
C.from north to south
A X
Chapter 7. Emergency, Phisiology and CRM 紧急情况,生理学和驾驶舱资源管理 1.Night vision is enhanced by 夜视力通过___提高
A.looking slightly to one side of the object you wish to view
B.fixing your gaze director on the object you wish to view.
C.ensuring that the cockpit remains brightly illuminated
A X
2.One of the effects of hypoxia is a degradation of night
vision. This effect begins at about 缺氧作用之一就是夜视力下降,此作用开始于大约
A.5000 feet B.10000 feet C.8000 feet
A X
3.Relying on the instruments and believing what they tell
you, are the keys to avoid vestibular illusion. The
statement is 依靠仪表并相信其指示是避免前庭错觉的
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Weight&Balance,FlightOperation,CRM,Meteorology
2010-11-5 Page 12 of 25
关键.说法是
A.right B.wrong
A X
4.Scanning procedures for effective collision avoidance
should constitute 有效避撞的空中搜索技巧应该是
A.looking outside for 15 seconds, then inside for 5 seconds,
then repeat.
B.1 minute inside scanning, then 1 minute outside scanning,
then repeat.
C.looking outside every 30 seconds except in radar contact
when outside scanning is unnecessary.
A X
5.Some hazardous attitudes may affect pilot decision
making. One of the characteristic of "Anti-authority" is
某些危险态度可能影响飞行员决断.其中’反权威’特点是
A.refuses to listen to the advice or suggestions of others
B.adopt all rules, regulations, and procedures as far as
possible
C.does the first thing that comes to mind.
A X
6.The air carrier must give instruction on such subjects
as respiration, hypoxia, and decompression to
crewmember serving on pressurized airplanes operated
above 在____以上运行,航空公司必须向客舱增压飞机机组培训呼吸作用、缺氧和高空释压的知识。
A. FL 180. B. FL 200. C. FL 250.
C X
7.The fuel reserve required, for a turbopropeller
supplemental air carrier airplane upon the arrival at a
destination airport for which an alternate airport is not
specified, is 非定期涡桨飞机在到达无备降场的目的机场后, 备用油
A. 3 hours at normal consumption no wind condition.
B. 3 hours at normal cruising fuel consumption.
C. 2 hours at normal cruising furl consumption.
B X
8.The fuel reserve required for a turbine-engine-powered
(other than turbopropeller) supplemental air carrier
airplane upon arrival over the most distant alternate
airport outside the contiguous China is 非定期涡喷飞机在中国境外抵达最远备降场后,备用油
A. 30 minutes at holding speed, at 1,500 feet over the airport.
B. 30 minutes, over the airport, at 1,500 feet, at cruising
speed.
C. 2 hours at the normal cruising fuel consumption rate.
A X
9.The reserve fuel supply for a domestic air carrier flight
is 国内定期航班备用油要求为
A. 30 minutes plus 15 percent at normal fuel consumption in
addition to the fuel required to the alternate airport.
B. 45 minutes at normal fuel consumption in addition to the
fuel required to fly to and land at the most distant alternate
airport.
C. 45 minutes at normal fuel consumption in addition to the
fuel required to the alternate airport.
B X
10.What is the fuel reserve requirement for a
commercially operated reciprocating-engine-powered
airplane flying within contiguous China upon arrival at
the most distant alternate airport specified in the flight
release? Enough fuel to fly 非定期活塞飞机在中国境内抵达飞行放行单中指定的最远备降场后,必须有足够备用油
A. 30 minutes plus 15 percent of total time required to fly at
normal cruising consumption to to the alternate.
B. to fly for 90 minutes at normal cruising fuel consumption.
C. 45 minutes at normal cruising fuel consumption.
C X
11.When a speed adjustment is necessary to maintain
separation, what minimum speed may ATC request of an
aircraft operating above 3,000 meters, which normal
cruising speed is 350 knots?调速保持间隔,管制可以要求3000 米以上正常巡航速度 350 节的飞机最低调速多少
A. 350 knots B. 330 knots C. 250 knots (死记)
C X
12.The average time of useful consciousness when
engaged in moderate activity following a rapid
decompression at 30,000 feet is closest to 在 3 万尺高空快速释压,中度活动水平的有用意识时间为
A.25 seconds B.45 seconds C.1 minute
B X
13.The blind spot is 生理盲点是指
A.the area of the lens which is screened by the iris.
/B.at the junction of the optic nerve and the retina
C.an area on the cornea which does not respond to light.
B X
14.The brain perceives the body's orientation in space by
大脑通过___感知身体在空间中的位置
A.processing information from the eyes.
B.processing information from the inner ear.
C.by combining and comparing visual, vestibular and
postural cues.
C X
15.The captain of a multi-crew aircraft rarely consults
other members of the crew and discourages any verbal
input from them in the course of a flight. This situation
could be described as 多人制机组的机长很少询问机组其他成员,而且不喜欢飞行中其他人讲话,这种情况可以称为
A.a shallow authority gradient
B.a steep authority gradient
C.strong leadership
B X
16.The component of blood which is most directly
involved in the transport of oxygen throughout the body
is 血液成分中与体内氧气运输最直接相关的是
A.the red blood cells B.the plasma C.hemoglobin
C X
17.The Coriolis illusion can produce an unpleasant
tumbling sensation. It is most likely to occur when 科里奥利错觉可以产生令人难受的颠倒感,其最常发生在
A.the head is turned rapidly from left to right during visual
flight
B.the head is bowed forward rapidly during instrument flight
C.an aircraft which has been in a shallow turn for some time
rolls back to level flight
B X
18.The decision-making process is quite complex;
however, it can be condensed into six elements, using the
acronym DECIDE. The first D is 决断过程非常复杂;但是可以用缩略词 DECIDE 概括为六个要素,第一个 D 代表
A.Detect the fact that a change has occurred
B.Do the necessary action to adapt to the change
C.Do what we must to do in the situation A X
19.The decision-making process is quite complex;
however, it can be condensed into six elements, using the
acronym DECIDE. The first E is 决断过程非常复杂;但是可以用缩略词 DECIDE 概括为六个要素,第一个 E 代表
A.Estimate the other pilots' ability of dealing with this
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Weight&Balance,FlightOperation,CRM,Meteorology
2010-11-5 Page 13 of 25
problem
B.Evaluate the effect of the action
C.Estimate the need to counter or react to the change
C X
20.The decision-making process is quite complex;
however, it can be condensed into the following six
elements, 决断过程非常复杂;但是可以用缩略词概括为以下六个要素,
A.DICIDE B.DECIDE C.DECIED
B X
21.The function of the ciliary muscles in the eyes is to 眼睛的睫状肌作用是
A.move the eyes from left to right in the socket
B.change the size of the pupil to vary the amount of light
entering the eye.
C.alter the shape of the lens to allow the eye to focus on
objects at various distances.(改变镜头外型《焦距》使视线集中在 各种距离的物体上)
C X
22.The illusion of being in a noseup attitude which may
occur during a rapid acceleration take off is known as 急剧加速时产生的抬机头错觉被称为
A.inversion illusion.
B.autokinesis.
C.somatogravic illusion.
C X
23.The most effective way to deal with an episode of
disorientation in flight is to 应对飞行中空间失定向的最有效方法是
A.keep a constant look-out for glimpses of the natural
horizon outside
B.rely absolutely on the aircraft instrument
C.keep the control column central and maintain a constant
power
B X
24.The most effective way to scan the sky for other
aircraft during level flight is to 平飞中搜索天空中其他飞机的最有效方式是
A.move the head in a continuous arc from side to side.
B.do not look anywhere but straight ahead unless you detect
movement.
C.move the head about 20° or 30° at a time, pausing
after each movement to allow the peripheral vision to detect
any movement.
C X
25.The perception of color is a function of the 感知颜色是____的功能
A.cones on the retina and is diminished in dim ambient
lighting.
B.rods on the retina and is diminished in dim ambient
lighting.
C.cones on the retina and is diminished in bright lighting
conditions.
A X
26.The persons jointly responsible for the initiation,
continuation, diversion, and termination of a
supplemental air carrier or commercial operator flight
are the 对非定期航班的开始、持续、备降和结束共同负责的是
A.pilot in command and chief pilot.
B.pilot in command and director of operations.
C.pilot in command and the flight follower.
B X
27.The pilot in command has emergency authority to
exclude any and all persons from admittance to the flight
deck 机长有应急特权将任何和所有人逐出驾驶舱
A. except a FAA inspector doing enroute checks.
B. in the interest of safety.
C. except persons who have authorization from the certificate
holder and the CAAC.
B X
28.The position of leader and the follower may be
changed in some special conditions. While remaining
overall leader of the flight crew, the captain might not be
the leader in a specific 某些特殊情形下,领导者和被领导者的角色可能互换。在保持领导整个机组的基础上,机长可以在某个机组成员某些能力突出时不是领导者
A.(续正文,circumstance in which another member of the
team has great knowledge. The statement is)right
B.wrong
A X
29.The proprioceptive system generates sensation from 本体感觉系统通过____产生感觉
A.the semicircular canals
B.the skeletal muscles, joints and tendons
C.the otolith
B X
30.The somatogravic illusion (falsly identifying a level
acceleration as a steep climb), is most likely to be
encountered 躯体旋动错觉(错误的感知加速为陡升)最常发生在
A.during a go-around in a high performance aircraft when
flying visually
B.during and just after take-off in a high performance aircraft
on a dark night
C.during an approach to a poorly lit runway on a dark night
B X
31.The static organ is responsible for the perception of
linear acceleration. The statement is 耳石器负责感知线性加速,该表述是
A.right B.wrong.
A X
32.The time of useful consciousness (TUC) is the
maximum time that pilot has to make a rational,
lifesaving decision and carry it out following 有用意识时间(TUC)是飞行员在某高度缺氧时作出理性、救生的决断并执行决断的最大时间,该表述是
A.(续正文,a lack of oxygen at a given altitude. The
statement is )right
B.wrong
A X
33.The time of useful consciousness while cruising at an
altitude of 30,000 feet and sitting quietly would be about
在 3 万尺静坐时的有用意识时间为
A.40 seconds B.3 minutes C.1 minute and 15 seconds
C X
34.The time of useful consciousness(TUC) is affected by
many factors, such as flight altitude, climbing rate, pilot's
activity level, pilot's 有用意识时间受许多因素影响,比如飞行高度、爬升率、飞行员活动水平和健康水平、是否吸烟等。该表述是
A.(续正文,health, and whether the pilot smoking or not. The statement is )right
B.wrong
A X
35.The two different types of light sensitive elements on
the retina are classified as 视网膜上的两类感光细胞分为
A.rods which are sensitive to color and cones which work
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Weight&Balance,FlightOperation,CRM,Meteorology
2010-11-5 Page 14 of 25
best in dim light.
B.cones which are sensitive to color and rods which work
best in dim light.
C.rods and cones both of which are responsible for color
vision.
B X
36.What cause hypoxia?什么引起缺氧
A.Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmosphere.
B.An increase in nitrogen content of the air at high altitudes.
C.A decrease of oxygen partial pressure.
C X
37.What is the most effective way to use the eyes during
night flight?夜航时最有效的用眼方式是
A.Look only at far away, dim lights.
B.Scan slowly to permit off-center viewing.
C.Concentrate directly on each object for a few seconds.
B X
38.What is the most effective way to use the eyes during
night flight?夜航时最有效的用眼方式是
A.Scan slowly to permit off-center viewing.
B.Scan fast to permit off-center viewing.
C.Concentrate directly on each object for a few seconds.
A X
39.What illusion, if any, can rain on the windscreen
create?风挡玻璃上的雨如果引起错觉,那会是什么错觉
A.Does not cause illusions.
B.Lower than actual.
C.Higher than actual.
C X
40.What is a symptom of carbon monoxide poisoning?一氧化碳中毒的症状是
A.Rapid, shallow breathing.
B.Pain and cramping of the hands and feet.
C.Dizziness.
C X
41.What is the effect of alcohol consumption on functions
of the body?体内吸收酒精的影响是
A.Alcohol has an adverse effect, especially as altitude
increases.
B.Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increase
judgment and decision-making abilities.
C.Alcohol has little effect if followed by equal quantities of
black coffee.
A X
42.What type turbulence should be reported when it
momentarily causes slight, erratic changes in altitude
and/or attitude, one-third to two-thirds of the time?遇到引起高度和/或姿态轻微无规则变化,发生频度在总时间的 1/3 至 2/3 的颠簸,应该报告其为
A. occasional light chop.
B. Moderate chop.
C. Intermittent light turbulence.
A X (正答 C)
43.When light passes through the lens it is brought to
focus at the back of the eyeball on the 光线穿过晶状体聚焦在眼球后部的____上
A.retina B.cornea C.iris
A X 44.Which of the following is considered a primary flight
control ?下列哪个是主飞行操纵面
A. Slats B. Elevator C. Dorsal fin
B X
45.Which of the following is considered an auxiliary flight
control?下列哪个是辅助飞行操纵面
A. Ruddervator B. Upper rudder C. Leading-edge flaps
C X
46.Which of the following is not a symptom of carbon
monoxide poisoning?以下哪个不是一氧化碳中毒症状
A.headache and fatigue
B.a feeling of euphoria
C.impairment of vision and mental confusion
B X
47.Which of the following is not normally a symptom of
hypoxia?下列哪个通常不是缺氧的症状
A.increased visual field
B.An increase in breathing rate
C.Sleepiness or frequent yawning
A X
48.Which of the following is not normally a symptom of
hypoxia? 下列哪个通常不是缺氧的症状
A.several headache
B.reduced visual field
C.a feeling of euphoria
A X
49.Which of the following is not the clue of SA weaken or
loss during the flight?下列哪个不是飞行中情景意识减弱或缺失的表现
A.Fixation-focusing on any one thing to the exclusion of
everything else.
B.Adhere to standard operating procedures.
C.Failure to meet expected checkpoint on flight plan or
profile-ETA, fuel burn, etC.as far as possible.
B X
50.Which of the following is not the right description
about CRM?下列哪个驾驶舱资源管理的表述正确
A.CRM uses the crew as the unit of training.
B.CRM embraces some of operational personnel only.
C.CRM concentrates on crew members' attitudes and
behaviors and their impact on safety.
B X
51.Which of the following is not the tip for good SA
management during the flight?下列哪个不是飞行中好的情景意识的表现
A.Resolve discrepancies- contradictory data or personal
conflicts.
B.Fixation-focusing on any one thing to the exclusion of
everything else.
C.Monitor and evaluate current status relative to our plan.
B X
52.Which of the following is the clue of SA weaken or loss
during the flight?下列哪个说明情景意识减弱或缺失
A.Fixation-focusing on any one thing to the exclusion of
everything else.
B.Adhere to standard operating procedures.
C.Meet expected checkpoint on flight plan or profile-ETA,
fuel burn, etC.as far as possible.
A X
53.Which of the following is the most likely cause of
disorientation?下列哪个最有可能引起空间失定向(错觉)
A.a change in the information coming from the inner ear.
B.a conflict or ambiguity in the information coming from
visual, vestibular and postural cues. C.poor lighting reducing the amount of visual information
received.
B X
54.Which of the following is the right description about
CRM?下列哪个关于驾驶舱资源管理的表述正确
A.CRM is a comprehensive system of applying human
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Weight&Balance,FlightOperation,CRM,Meteorology
2010-11-5 Page 15 of 25
factors concepts to improve crew performance.
B.CRM is a comprehensive system of applying human
factors concepts to improve the captain's performance.
C.CRM is a comprehensive system of applying human
factors concepts to improve the pilots' performance.
A X
55.Which of the following is the right description about
feedback in the communication process?交流中的反馈的描述哪个正确
A.Feedback is the check on how successful we have been in
transferring our message as ordinary intended.
B.We can use feedback to put the message back into the
system as a check against misunderstanding.
C.A and B
C X
56.Which of the following is the right description about
the effect of alcohol consumption on functions of the
body ?吸收酒精对身体影响的描述哪个正确
A.An individual can speed up the rate at which alcohol
leaves the body.
B.Alcohol can affect the semi-circular canals, which leads to
an increase in susceptibility to disorientation and motion
sickness.
C.Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increase
judgment and decision-making abilities.
B X
57.Which of the following is the tip for good SA
management during the flight?下列哪个是飞行中好的情景意识的表现
A.Focus on the details and scan the big picture.
B.Solicit input from all crew members including cabin, ATC,
maintenance, dispatch, etC.
C.A and B
C X
58.Which of the following organs mediates the sense of
balance?下列哪个器官感受平衡
A.Eustachian tube B.the cochlea C.the semicircular canals
C X
59.Which of the following will increase susceptibility to
hypoxia 下列哪个将增加缺氧的易患性
A.smoking and alcohol
B.fatigue
C.both A and B
C X
60.Which of the following would be suitable treatment for
a person suffering from carbon monoxide poisoning?一氧化碳中毒者的合适的救疗方法是
A.administer oxygen
B.have them re-breathe their exhaled breath from a bag
placed over the nose and mouth
C.give plenty of water
A X
61.Which of the following would most likely lead to
carbon monoxide contamination of the cockpit
atmosphere?下列哪个最可能导致驾驶舱内一氧化碳污染
A.excessive use of carburetor heat
B.fly low in a very thick smoke haze
C.a leak in the engine exhaust system C X
62.Which is a common symptom of hyperventilation?换气过度的一般症状为
A.Tingling of the hands, legs, and feet.
B.Increased vision keenness.
C.Decreased breathing rate.
A X
63.Which of the following techniques would contribute
most to good team problem solving performance?下列哪个技巧最有助于提升团队解决问题的能力
A.stands steadfastly by your own aims and opinions and
don't be swayed by others
B.don't say nothing just to "keep the peace" when you are
genuinely unhappy about a planned course of action
C.trust you personal opinion, at the same time, adopt the
other flight crews' ideas partially
B X
64.Which procedural is recommended to prevent or
overcome spatial disorientation?推荐什么程序来防止或克服空间失定向
A.Reduce head and eye movement to the greatest possible
extent.
B.Rely on the kinesthetic sense.
C.Rely entirely on the indications of the flight instruments.
C X
65.Which would most likely result in hyperventilation?哪个最有可能导致换气过度
A.A stressful situation causing anxiety.
B.The excessive consumption of alcohol.
C.An extremely slow rate of breathing and insufficient
oxygen.
A X
66.who is exposed to a high glare environment while on
the ground (beach sand or snow), which would help to
enhance night vision?地面上暴露在强光环境中(沙滩或雪)
的人如何增强夜视力
A.don't read small print within one hour of flying.
B.wear good quality sunglasses during the day.
C.avoid using contact lenses
B X
67."Authority gradient" is an important factor that can
have an effect on communication in a multi-crew
environment. In a flight crew, an apt arranging is 职权梯度是多机组环境中影响交流的重要因素之一,其最好的安排是
A.the caption's power, ability, longevity and status are higher
much more than the other members of the flight crew.
B.the caption's power, ability, longevity and status are equal
to the other members of the flight crew.
C.the caption's power, ability, longevity and status is higher
than the other members of the flight crew in some short.
C X
68."Do something quickly!", may be the expression of
pilots who have the following attitude?“快行动!”是有哪种态度飞行员的想法
A.Macho B.Invulnerability C.Impulsivity
C X
69."The leans " is a state of disorientation which often
occurs when 倾斜错觉通常发生在
A.an abrupt change from a climb to straight and level flight
B.an aircraft which has been in a shallow turn for some time
rolls back to level flight
C.an abrupt recovery or a rapid correction is made.
C X 70.A common source of human error is the false
hypothesis. Under certain conditions this is more or less
likely than at other times. From the following list, select
the situation least likely to 人的错误常见原因之一是虚无假设。特定情形下发生机率很高。下列表中最不易发生虚无假设的情景是
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Weight&Balance,FlightOperation,CRM,Meteorology
2010-11-5 Page 16 of 25
A.( 续正文, result in a person arriving at a false
hypothesis)when expectancy of an event is high
B.after a period of intense concentration
C.during normal operation
C X
71.A good leader also has the ability to act as a good
follower. The statement is 好领导同样有能力做好被领导者。该表述是
A.right B.wrong
A X
72.A good team member will not agree with a plan of
action just to "keep the peace" if he/she is feeling uneasy
about it. The statement is 一个好的团队成员在对行动计划不满时是不会为了保持一团和气而同意执行的。该表述是
A.right B.wrong
A X
73.A pilot is more subject to spatial disorientation when
何时飞行员更易患空间失定向
A.ignoring or overcoming the sensations of muscles and
inner ear.
B.eyes are moved often in the process of cross-checking the
flight instruments.
C.body sensations are used to interpret flight attitudes.
C X
74.A pilot who was worried about the condition of the left
engine in a twin-engine airplane experienced an engine
failure on take -off and feathered the left engine, only to
find that it was the right 双发飞机起飞时单发失效,一直担忧左发有问题的飞行员直接将左发顺桨,结果发现是右发失效,原因是
A.(续正文,engine which failed. This pilot has been a victim
of)expectancy producing a false hypothesis
B.expectancy producing a mental block
C.a motor program producing a false hypothesis
A X
75.After been in exposed to normal lighting, dark
adaptation(night vision)returns after a recovery period of
about 暴露在正常光线下,多长时间恢复暗适应(夜视力)
A.30 minutes B.1 hours C.5 minutes.
A X
76.An absence of visible ground feature, such as when
landing over water, darkened areas or terrain made
featureless by snow, 缺乏可见地表参照,比如水上着陆,
暗光区或雪地,会让飞行员产生一种错觉
A.(续正文,can create the illusion that)the aircraft is at a
lower altitude than is the case, which may lead descends too
low on approach.
B.the aircraft is at a higher altitude than is the case, , which
may lead a pilot descends too low on approach.
C.the aircraft is at a higher altitude than is the case, , which
may lead a pilot descends too high on approach.
B X
77.An authoritative leader 权威型领导者
A.tends to make final decisions in an emergency, but seldom
in other situations
B.tends to make all team decisions and controls all resources
C.may ultimately decide the team's actions, but seldom takes into consideration the team members' experience, knowledge,
and preferences.
B X
78.As a general rule, supplement oxygen should be
provided and used by the pilot in the day if the flight is
above 一般高于___白天就要提供给飞行员使用氧气
A.15000 feet B.10000 feet C.8000 feet
B X
79.Carbon monoxide is dangerous because 一氧化碳危险的原因是
A.it displace oxygen from the blood's red cells
B.it is highly acidic and attacks the lining of the lungs
C.it displaces oxygen from the lungs causing suffocation
A X
80.Crew resource management is a process using all
available information and resources, i.e. equipment,
procedures and people, to achieve a safe and 驾驶舱资源管理就是利用所有关于设备、程序和人的可用信息和资源达到安全有效的飞行运行的过程。该表述是
A.(续正文,efficient flight operation. The statement is)right
B.wrong
A X
81.Deference is one of the "hazardous thoughts" which
affect human behavior and decision making. It refer to 屈从是影响人类行为和决断的危险态度之一,指的是
A.the tendency to resist authority and object to regulation
B.the tendency to believe that "it can not happen to me"
C.the tendency to blame another person or circumstance for
whatever goes wrong
C X
82.During the flight, a good leader should not 飞行中好的领导者不应该
A.communicate with the team and keep them informed of
intentions before acting on those decisions
B.can not recognize different behavioral styles and balance
concern for people with concern for performance.
C.involve the team in most decision making processes.
A X
83.During the flight, the position of leader and the
follower may be changed in some special conditions. The
statement is 飞行中,领导者和被领导者的角色在特定情形下可互换,该表述是
A.right B.wrong
A X
84.Effective CRM has some characteristics, which of the
following is right description about it?有效的驾驶舱资源管理有些特点,下列哪个描述正确
A.CRM is a process using all available information and
resources, i.e. equipment, procedures and people, to achieve
a safe and efficient flight operation.
B.CRM can be blended into all forms of aircrew training
C.A and B
C X
85.Empty Field Myopia is the tendency of the ciliary
muscle to relax when there are no close objects in the
field of view. 空虚视野近视是在视线内没有物体观察,睫状肌易松弛而导致目光聚焦在前方
A.(续正文,This causes the eye to take up a focal length of
approximately)one to two meters.
B.five meters.
C.infinity.
A X
86.Factors that can inhibit effective communication can
be external or internal. External factors include 妨碍有效沟通的因素既有外在也有内在因素.外在因素有
A.high environmental noise levels
B.a busy work environment or mental discomfort
C.the receiver's expectancy
A X
87.Good leadership in a group is characterized by 优秀领
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Weight&Balance,FlightOperation,CRM,Meteorology
2010-11-5 Page 17 of 25
导力的特点是
A. high personal attention and high task orientation
B.medium personal attention and high task orientation
C.medium personal attention and medium task orientation
A X
88.Hazardous vortex turbulence that might be
encountered behind large aircraft is created only when
that aircraft is 只有何时在大型机后方才可遇到危险的尾流
A. Developing lift.
B. Operating at high airspeeds.
C. Using high power settings.
A X
89.Heavy coffee or tea, can stimulate the central nervous
system and produce an increase in alertness and activity,
produce anxiety and 浓咖啡或茶会刺激中枢神经系统并产生神经紧张、活动增加、焦躁和喜怒无常的复合作用。该表述是
A.(续正文,drastic mood swings at one time.. The statement
is)right
B.wrong
A X
91.Hypoxia is always accompanied by 缺氧总是伴随
A. dizziness
B.a degradation in the performance of a pilot
C.vomiting
B X
92.Hypoxia is the result of which of these conditions?缺氧是哪些条件的结果
A.Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain.
B.Excessive carbon dioxide in the bloodstream.
C.Limited oxygen reaching the heart muscles.
A X
93.Hypoxia may be caused by 什么可引起缺氧
A.fly with a head cold
B.breathing too quickly and/or too deeply for the
requirements of the body
C.flying at an altitude where the partial pressure of oxygen is
too low
C X
94.If a pilot whose eyes have fully adapted to darkness is
exposed to a bright flash of light, the time required for
dark adaptation to be re-established is most likely to be
完全暗适应后的眼睛暴露在强闪光后,需多久重新暗适应
A.3 minutes. B.15 minutes. C.30 minutes.
C X
95.If the authority gradient is too steep, 若职权梯度过陡,
A.the first officer may be unlikely to contribute anything to
the decision making process—even when he is sure that the
captain has made a mistake!
B.The first officer respects the captain's command status but
feels free to contribute.
C.the first officer may be likely to contribute anything to the
decision making process
A X
96.In a communication process, some characteristics of
the sender may affect the encode message. These
conditions include 交流过程中,发送者的某些特点可能影响发送的信息,包括
A.the sender's knowledge, personality, and the ability of
he/she make use of the language
B.the sender's skill, attitudes, knowledge, and the social
culture system
C.the sender and the receiver's skill, attitudes, knowledge,
and the workload
B X
97.In a decision-making process , a participatory leader
决断过程中,民主参与型领导者
A.allows each team member to have a say and to participate
in team processes.
B.tends to make all team decisions and controls all resources
C.may ultimately decide the team's actions, but seldom takes
into consideration the team members' experience, knowledge,
and preferences.
A X
98.In a highly successful effort to better analyze SA
incidents, Mica Endsley developed a 3-level taxonomy in
1995. Using the taxonomy, ASRS reviewed 113 SA 在非常成功的优化分析情景意识事故过程中,Mica Endsley 在1995 年提出了 3 个层次的分类法。使用该分类法 ASRS
发现报告的 169 起情景意识事故中 113 起属于
A.(续正文,incidents that were reported it and found 169 SA
errors. Most Of them were classified as)Level 1 — Failure
to correctly perceive the situation
B.Level 2 — Failure to comprehend the situation
C.Level 3— Failure to comprehend the situation into the
future
A X
99.In flight, a good leader should 飞行中好的领导者应该
A.set high standards of performance by demonstrating a high
level of personal performance
B.involve the team in most decision making processes
C.A and B
C X
100.In order to make an effective communication, what
type leader the captain should be?为达到有效交流,机长应该是什么类型的
A.a participatory leader
B.an authoritative leader
C.a leader can balance act between the two types
management style, authoritative and participatory.
C X
101.In sensing the orientation of the body in space, the
brain assigns the highest priority to information coming
from感知身体空间位置时,大脑最优先接收__传来的信号
A.the eyes B.the inner C.the proprioceptive system
A X
Chapter 8. Meteorology 气象
1.In the SIGMET 8 of the Figure 3, which weather
phenomenon that influence fly be described. 图 3 中的SIGMET8 描述了何种影响飞行的天气现象
A. Severe mountain wave, obscured thunderstorm with hail
B. Severe turbulence, embedded thunderstorms
C. Severe mountain wave, embedded thunderstorm with hail
C X
2.In which condition is possible to present very serious
icing conditions for protracted flight?远程航行时,哪个条件可能带来严重积冰
A. associated with the smallest size of water droplet similar
to that found in low-level stratus clouds.
B. associated with thick extensive stratified clouds that
produce continuous rain such as altostratus and nimbostratus.
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Weight&Balance,FlightOperation,CRM,Meteorology
2010-11-5 Page 18 of 25
C. a cold-soaked aircraft descends into warm, moist air.
B X
3.Just prior to takeoff, the captain learns that an unstable
fast cold front is passing his destination airport, and he
can realize that the current weather may be 起飞前机长获悉目的机场正有不稳定快行冷锋通过,那么当时天气为
A.thunderstorm, shower and high wind
B.clear, high wind, good visibility
C.stratonimbus, light rain, poor visibility
A X
4.On the weather chart of ground, the area which has
great difference in temperature between cold and warm
air mass is.地面天气图上冷热气团间温度差别最大的地区是
A.front B.low pressure center C.shear line
A X
5.Radiation fog usually appears in .辐射雾通常出现在
A. spring and summer.
B. winter and autumn.
C. summer and autumn.
B X
6.Sudden penetration of fog can create the illusion of 突然穿雾会产生何种错觉
A.pitching up. B.pitching down. C.leveling off.
A X
7.The abbreviated plain language " WS WRNG "
expressing 缩写 WS WRNG 表示
A. Wind shear warning
B. Aerodrome warning
C. Hazardous weather warning
A X
8.The adverse effects of ice, snow, or frost on aircraft
performance and flight characteristics include decreased
lift and 冰、雪或霜对于飞机性能和飞行特性的影响包括卸升和
A. increased thrust.
B. A decreased stall speed.
C. An increased stall speed.
C X
9.What is the approximate rate unsaturated air will cool
flowing upslope?不饱和空气上坡的冷却率为
A. 3℃ per 1,000 feet.
B. 2℃ per 1,000 feet.
C. 4℃ per 1,000 feet.
A X
10.The tropopause at middle latitude area usually reaches.
中纬度地区的对流层顶通常达到
A. 8 to 9 km B.10 to 12 km C.15 to 17 km
B X
11.What feature is associated with a temperature
inversion?逆温层相关的特点是
A. A stable layer of air.
B. An unstable layer of air.
C. Air mass thunderstorms.
A X
12.Which are the only cloud types forecast in the
Terminal Aerodrome Forecast 终端机场预报仅预报的云的种类是
A. Altocumulus B. Cumulonimbus C. Stratocumulus
B X
13.Which INITIAL cockpit indications should a pilot be
aware of when a constant tailwind shears to a calm wind?
恒定顺风切变为静风,飞行员应注意什么驾驶舱初始指示
A. Altitude increase; pitch and indicated airspeed decrease.
B. Altitude, pitch, and indicated airspeed decrease.
C. Altitude, pitch, and indicated airspeed increase.
C X
14.What are basic conditions to form a thunderstorm?形成雷暴的基本条件是
A. an unstable lapse rate and terrain lifting force
B. an unstable lapse rate, an initial lifting force, and
sufficient water vapor.
C. sufficient water vapor and front area
B X
15.What feature is normally associated with the cumulus
stage of a thunderstorm?雷暴的积云阶段的一般特点是
A. beginning of rain at the surface
B. frequent lightning
C. continuous updraft
C X
16.To allow pilots of in-trail lighter aircraft to make flight
path adjustments to avoid wake turbulence, pilots of
heavy and large jet aircraft should fly 为了让后面跟进的轻型飞机调整航迹躲避尾流,重型大飞机应飞
A. Below the established glide path and slightly to either side
of the on-course centerline.
B. On the established glide path and on the approach course
centerline or runway centerline extended.
C. Above the established glide path and slightly downwind
of the on-course centerline.
B X
17.Which type of icing is associated with the smallest size
of water droplet similar to that found in low-level stratus
clouds?和低空层云中类似的最小水滴与哪种积冰相联系
A. clear ice. B. Frost ice. C. Rime ice.
B X (正答 C)
18.The blowing dust or sand usually appear in 扬尘或扬沙通常出现在
A. summer in northern areas.
B. spring in northern areas.
C. spring in southern areas.
B X
19.The Federal Aviation Administration's Flight
Information Service Data Link (FISDL) provides the
following products:联邦航空局的飞行情报服务数据链接提供以下产品
A.METARS.SIGMETS, PIREP'S and AIRMETS.
B.SPECIS, SIGMETS, NOTAM'S, and AIRMETS.
C.Convective SIGMETS, PIREPS, AWW's, and adverse
conditions.
A X
20.The flight crew learn that there is a stationary front
over their destination airport. Therefore, they can
conceive the present weather at the destination as.获悉目的机场上空有静止锋,因此飞行机组可以想到其当前天气条件为
A.cumulus, shower, thunderstorm , good visibility
B.stratus, light rain, poor visibility cause by low clouds or
fog
C.cirrus, radiation fogs or strong turbulence.
B X
21.The heat of the stratophere air is chiefly from .平流层空气的热量主要来自
A.the absorption of sun radiation by the water vapor
B.the absorption of sun ultraviolet ray radiation by the ozone
C.the absorption of ground radiation by the air.
B X
22.The heaviest icing that easy to accumulate in flight is
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Weight&Balance,FlightOperation,CRM,Meteorology
2010-11-5 Page 19 of 25
associated with 飞行中,_____中积冰最严重
A.in cumliform clouds
B.in high clouds, such as cirrus.
C.In altocumulus cloud.
A X
23.The clouds which can produce thunderstorm and hail
are .会产生雷暴和冰雹的云是
A.nimbostratus B.cumulonimbus C.altostratus.
B X
24.The property change of the airmass is chiefly due to.气团性质改变主要是由于
A.the change of sun radiation
B.the property change of the underlying cushion
C.the movement of the weather system
B X
25.There is ribbon like precipitation under the clouds but
it evaporated before reaching the ground. This
phenomenon is referred to as .云下丝带状降水在到达地面前就汽化,这种现象称为
A.plume B.virga C. dowdraft
B X
26.Turbulence encountered above 15,000 feet AGL, not
associated with cloud formations, should be reported as
在离地 15000 尺以上无云时遭遇的颠簸应报告为
A. convective turbulence.
B. High altitude turbulence.
C. Clear air turbulence.
C X
27.What action is appropriate when encountering the
first ripple of reported clear air turbulence (CAT)? 遭遇报告的第一波晴空颠簸时应采取什么措施
A.Extend flaps to decrease wing loading.
B.Extend gear to provide more drag and increase stability.
C.Adjust airspeed to that recommended for rough air.
C X
28.What airport condition is reported by the tower when
more than one wind condition at different positions on
the airport is reported?当机场不同位置出现不同风况时塔台会通报
A. Light and variable. B. Wind shear. C. Frontal passage.
B X
29.What characterizes a ground-based inversion?地表逆温层的特点是
A. Convection currents at the surface.
B. Cold temperatures.
C. Poor visibility.
C X
30.What condition is necessary for the formation of
structural icing in flight?飞行中结构积冰的必要条件是
A. flying in any clouds.
B. Flying in rain.
C. the temperature of the aircraft surface is 0oC or colder and
supercooled water drops.
C X
31.What condition produces the most frequent type of
ground-or surface-based temperature inversion?何种条件最频繁的造成地表逆温层
A. The movement of colder air under warm air or the movement of warm air over cold air.
B. Widespread sinking of air within a thick layer aloft
resulting in heating by compression.
C. Terrestrial radiation on a clear, relatively calm night.
C X
32.What is a characteristic of the troposphere? 顶流层顶
的特点是
A. It contains all the moisture of the atmosphere.
B. There is an overall decrease of temperature with an
increase of altitude.
C. The average altitude of the top of the troposphere is about
6 miles.
B X
33.What is a feature of supercooled water? 过冷水的特点是
A. the water drop sublimates to an ice particle upon impact.
B. The unstable water drop freezes upon striking an exposed
object.
C. The temperature of the water drop remains at 0℃ until it
impacts a part of the airframe, then clear ice accumulates.
B X
34.What is a likely location of clear air turbulences? 可能出现晴空颠簸的地点是
A. in an upper trough on the polar side of a jetstream.
B. Near a ridge aloft on the equatorial side of a high pressure
flow.
C. Downstream of the equatorial side of a jetstream.
A X
35.What is an important characteristic of wind shear?风切变的一个重要特征是
A. it is primarily associated with the lateral vortices
generated by thunderstorms.
B. it usually exists only in the vicinity of thunderstorms, but
may be found near a strong temperature inversion.
C. it may be associated with either a wind shift or a wind
speed gradient at any level in the atmosphere.
C X
36.What is the expected duration of an individual
microburst?单个微下击暴流一般持续时间为
A. two minutes with maximum winds lasting approximately
1 minute.
B. one microburst may continue for as long as 2to 4 hours.
C. seldom longer than 15 minutes from the time the burst
strikes the ground until dissipation.
C X
37.What is the lowest cloud in the stationary group
associated with a mountain wave?山岳波中最低的静止云组为
A. rotor cloud. B. Standing lenticular. C. Low stratus.
B X
38.What temperature condition is indicated if
precipitation in the form of wet snow occurs during flight?
飞行中出现湿雪形式的降水说明有何种气温条件
A. the temperature is above freezing at flight altitude.
B. The temperature is above freezing at higher altitudes.
C. There is an inversion with colder air below.
A X
39.What wind condition prolongs the hazards of wake
turbulence on a landing runway for the longest period of
time?何种风条件使着陆跑道上的尾流危害持续时间最长
A. Direct tailwind.
B. Light quartering tailwind.
C. Light quartering headwind.
B X 40.When advection fog has developed, what may tend to
dissipate or lift the fog into low stratus clouds?平流雾形成后,什么会使其消散或将其抬升形成低层云
A. Temperature inversion.
B. Wind stronger than 15 konts.
C. Surface radiation.
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Weight&Balance,FlightOperation,CRM,Meteorology
2010-11-5 Page 20 of 25
B X
41.When flying over the nimbostratus clouds, the pilot
finds that there are uptowering clouds on the thick layer.
Top of the towering clouds extends to 9000 meters high
and are blown to one side by the strong wind like horse's
mane.雨层云上方飞过,飞行员发现厚云层上方出现高塔状云,其顶端延伸至 9000 米高空并被强风吹向一侧,像马鬃一般,如此,可判断层云中必定存在
A.(接正文 Based on this situation, he predicts that there
must be__in the sheet clouds.) cumulonimbus clouds
B. altocumulus clouds
C. false cirrus clouds
A X
42.When takeoff or landing at the airport on the edge of
thunderstorm region, which of the following descriptive
weather should be watchouted particularly?雷暴边界地区的机场起飞或着陆,要特别注意何种天气
A. visibility and low clouds
B. windshear at low altitude
C. hail and rainstorm
B X
43.When warm wet airflow flows to the cold ground, it
will usually produce .暖湿气流吹过冷地表,通常产生
A. layer clouds
B. smooth airflow and advection fog
C. warm front clouds
B X
44.Where can the maximum hazard zone caused by wind
shear associated with a thunderstorm be found?雷暴风切变造成的高危险区通常会在
A. in front of the thunderstorm cell (anvil side) and on the
southwest side of the cell.
B.. ahead of the roll cloud or gust front and directly under the
anvil cloud.
C. on all sides and directly under the thunderstorm cell.
C X
45.Where do squall lines most often develop?飑线最常形成在
A.in an occluded front
B.ahead of a cold front
C.behind a stationary front
B X
46.Which condition is present when a local of air is stable?
局部空气稳定说明存在何种气象条件
A. The parcel of air resists convection.
B. The parcel of cannot be forced uphill.
C. As the parcel of air moves upward, its temperature
becomes warmer than the surrounding air.
A X
47.Which condition will favor the formation of advection
fog? 何种条件有利于平流雾的形成
A. Moist, stable air being moved over gradually rising
ground by a wind
B. A clear sky, little or no wind, and high relative humidity.
C. Moist air moves over colder ground or water.
C X
48.Which is a necessary condition for the occurrence of a
low-level temperature inversion wind shear?低空逆温层风切变产生的必要条件是
A.the temperature differential between the cold and warm
layers must be at least 10℃.
B.a calm or light wind near the surface and a relatively
strong wind just above the inversion.
C.a wind direction difference of at least 30℃ between the
wind near the surface and the wind just above the inversion.
B X
49.Which of the following area has the highest
probability to produce low level windshear?哪个区域最有可能产生低空风切变
A.Area with strong cold advection
B.Area where the sea and the land meet
C. Area near the front with thunderstorms
C X
50.Which of the following cases illustrates airplane's
entry one type of air mass to another one?下列哪种情况表明飞机从一种气团进入另一种气团
A. The airplane flies through high level turbulence
B. Obvious change of temperature and wind direction within
a short period of time
C. The airplane meets rolling airflow when crossing
mountainous areas
B X
51.Which of the following cases provides impulse force
for forming heat thunderstorm?下列哪个情况提供热雷暴形成的充足的冲击力
A. Water vapor coagulating and then releasing latent heat
B. Rising terrain
C. Uneven heat on the ground
C X
52.Which of the following characteristics heat
thunderstorm?热雷暴的特点是
A.It moves with the weather system.
B.It covers small area and is isolated with openings
C. It strengthens at night and weakens in the day on land
B X
53.Which of the following differs most greatly at the two
sides of the front?锋面两侧区别最大的是
A.wind speed B.air temperature C.air pressure
B X
54.Which INITIAL cockpit indications should a pilot be
aware of when a headwind shears to a calm wind?逆风切变为静风时,飞行员应注意何种驾驶舱初始指示
A. indicated airspeed decreases, aircraft pitches up, and
altitude decreases
B. indicated airspeed increases, aircraft pitches down, and
altitude increases
C. indicated airspeed decreases, aircraft pitches down, and
altitude decreases
C X
55.which of the following statements about "hailstone" is
correct?下列关于冰雹的陈述哪个正确
A.ground rain means that the hailstone disappears in the air
B.towering clouds usually produce hailstones
C.the hail can be thrown several kilometers out of the
thunderstorm.
C X
56.Which of the following weather phenomenon symbols
that thunderstorm is at its mature phase?雷暴进入成熟阶段的气象信号是
A. The appearance of disordered low clouds
B. The appearance of anvil clouds top
C. It begins to rain on the ground C X
57.Which process causes adiabatic cooling?哪个过程引起绝热冷却
A. Expansion of air as rises.
B. Movement of air over a colder surface.
C. Release of latent heat during the vaporization process.
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Weight&Balance,FlightOperation,CRM,Meteorology
2010-11-5 Page 21 of 25
A X
58.Which term applies when the temperature of the air
changes by compression or expansion with no heat added
or removed?在没有热量增加、减少的情况下由于压缩或膨胀空气温度而变化的术语是
A. Katabatic. B. Advection. C. Adiabatic.
C X
59.Which type clouds are indicative of very strong
turbulence?哪种云表明存在强度颠簸
A. nimbostratus. B. Standing lenticular. C. Cirrocumulus
B X
60.Which type of weather conditions are covered in the
Convective SIGMET 重要对流气象预报包含何种天气
A. Embedded thunderstorms, severe turbulence
B. Cumulonimbus clouds, light turbulence
C. severe icing, surface visibility lower than 5000 meters
A X
61.Which type precipitation is an indication that
supercooled water is present?哪种降水表明存在过冷水
A. wet snow. B. Freezing rain. C. Ice pellets.
B X
62.Which types of weather conditions are covered in the
Convective SIGMET 重要对流气象预报包含何种天气
A. Strong wind, volcanic ash
B. Fog, embedded thunderstorms with hail
C. Severe mountain wave, isolated cumulonimbus
C X
63.Which wind-shear condition results in a loss of
airspeed?哪种风切变导致空速的损失
A. Headwind or tailwind decrease
B. Decrease headwind and increasing tailwind
C. Increasing headwind and decreasing tailwind.
B X
64.Which wind-shear condition results in an increase in
airspeed?哪种风切变导致空速的增加
A. Increase tailwind wind and decreasing headwind.
B. Headwind or tailwind increase
C. Increasing headwind and decreasing tailwind.
C X
65.(According to Figure 1) How much is the vertical
visibility at Chengdu (ZUUU) 成都垂直能见度为
A. 50 metres B. 500 metres C. 150 metres
C X
66.(According to Figure 1) How much is the visibility at
Shanghai (ZSSS)上海能见度是多少
A. Potential visibility is 3200 meters
B. Visibility is 10 kilometers or the above
C. Visibility is 5 kilometers or the above;
B X
67.(According to Figure 1) How much is the visibility at
Urumchi (ZWWW) 乌鲁木齐的能见度是多少
A. 300 metres B. 900 metres C. 3000 metres
A X
68.(According to Figure 1) which station reports the max
wind speed 哪个站报告的风速最大
A.ZSSS B.ZUUU C.ZWWW
C X
69.(According to figure 2) , which of the following
forecast stations predicts the icing?哪个站预报有积冰
A. ZSSS B. ZUUU C. ZHHH
B X
70.(According to figure 2) , which of the following
forecast stations predicts the turbulence?哪个站预报颠簸
A. ZUUU B. ZHHH C. ZSSS
C X
71.(according to figure 2) The weather at ZSSS before
0500Z is ___.在 ZSSS 站世界时 0500 之前天气是
A. Scattered clouds, visibility 5000m and fog
B. West wind at 4 m/s, mist and broken clouds
C. East windat 4 m/s, rain and broken clouds
B X
72.(according to figure 2), at ZBAA, the max predicting
wind speed is___.在 ZBAA 预计最大风速
A. 17 m/s B. 8 m/s C. 6 m/s
A X
73.(according to figure 2), the forcasting visibility at
ZSSS is____ 在 ZSSS 预报能见度为
A. 5000 m between 00Z-05Z, and 3000 m at other time
B. 5000 m between 00Z-09Z
C. 5000 m between 00Z-05Z, 5000 m above at other time
A X
74.(according to figure 2)An airplane is estimated to
arrive at ZUUU at 1000Z, and the weather then is ____.
飞机预计世界时 1000 到达 ZUUU,则当时天气是
A. Light fog, visibility 4 km.
B. Southwest wind at 6 m/sec, light rain shower, visibility 4
km
C. Southeast wind at 24 m/sec, heavy rain, visibility 4000 m
B X
75.(According to figure 4) at Lanzhou, which description
is correct 关于兰州的叙述哪个正确
A. Smoke with overcast
B. Strong wind with sand storm
C. Strong wind and total sky obscuration
C X
76.(According to figure 4) at Lanzhou, which weather
phenomenon that influence fly be described 在兰州指示了哪种影响飞行的天气现象
A. Strong wind, bad visibility
B. Dust, thunderstorm,
C. Low cloud with strong wind
A X
77.(According to figure 4) at Shanghai, which description
is correct 关于上海的描述哪个正确
A. The visibility is 800 meters, the sea level pressure is 996
hPa,
B. The visibility is 8 kilometers, the QNH is 999.6 hPa,
C. The visibility is 8 kilometers, the sea level pressure is
999.6 hPa,
C X
78.(According to figure 4) at Shanghai, which weather
phenomenon that influence fly be described.上海战指示了何种影响飞行的天气现象
A. Low cloud and perhaps icing
B. Strong wind with bad visibility
C. Snow shower
A X
79.(According to figure 4) The cloud condition at
Shanghai is 上海的云况如何
A. There are altocumulus , stratocumulus, the bass of the
stratocumulus is 600m
B. There are altostratus, stratocumulus, the bass of the stratocumulus is 1 200m
C. There are cirrostratus , stratus , the bass of the stratus is 1
200m
B X
80.(According to figure 4) The weather phenomenon at
Lanzhou is 兰州的天气如何
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Weight&Balance,FlightOperation,CRM,Meteorology
2010-11-5 Page 22 of 25
A. Smoke B. Sand C. Sand storm
B X
81.(According to figure 4) The weather phenomenon at
Shanghai is 上海天气如何
A. Rain and snow B. Drizzle C. Continuous snow
A X
82.(According to figure 6) At point B, the wind direction,
wind speed and temperatures is 在 B 点风向、风速和温度是
A. Southwest wind at 14 KT, temperatures is -52℃
B. Northeast wind at 35 KT, temperatures is 52℃
C. Southwest wind at 35 KT, temperatures is -52℃
C X
83.(According to figure 6) The position of the upper jet is
高空急流的位置在
A. From A to B then to C
B. From A to C then to D
C. From A to B then to D
B X
84.(According to figure 6) What changes take place from
point B fly to point D 从 B 到 D 会发生什么变化
A. The wind speed increases, temperature rises
B. The wind speed increases, temperature reduced
C. The wind speed and wind direction is no changes,
temperature reduced
B X
85.(Refer to Figure 1) According to the aeronautical
weather report on figure 1, the QNH for ZUUU is 根据图1 的航空气象报告,ZUUU 的 QNH 值是
A.998 hPa B.1099.8 hPa C.999.8 hPa
A X
86.(Refer to Figure 1) What weather condition is reported
at Guangzhou (ZGGG) 广州 ZGGG 报告有何种天气
A. Heavy thunderstorm with shower of rain and towering
cumulus clouds
B. Heavy thunderstorm with rain and cumulonimbus clouds
C. Bad visibility and strong wind
B X
87.(Refer to Figure 1) What weather condition is reported
at Urumchi (ZWWW)乌鲁木齐 ZWWW 报告有何种天气
A. Strong wind with shower
B. Snow and rain
C. Strong west wind and blowing snow
C X
88.(Refer to Figure 1) which station has the best visibility
哪个站点能见度最好
A.ZBAA B.ZSSS C.ZUUU
B X
89.(Refer to Figure 3) In the telegram (3), which weather
phenomenon that influence fly be described.在3号电报中指示了何种影响飞行的天气现象
A. The surface wind is heavier than the wind at heights of 60
m above runway level
B. There are wind shears from place of 60 meters of end of
the runway
C. There are wind speed and wind direction shears between
the surface and the height of 60 meters
C X 90.(Refer to Figure 5) Flying from Shenzhen to
Zhengzhou, which weather phenomenon that may be
meet 从深圳到郑州可能会遇到何种天气
A. Rain shower and thunderstorm
B. Rain and fog
C. Strong wind and thunderstorm
A X
91.(Refer to Figure 5) Flying from Shenzhen to
Zhengzhou, which weather system we coursed 从深圳到广州穿越何种天气系统
A. It is a warm front.
B. It is a stationary front
C. It is a Cold frongt
C X
92.(Refer to Figure 5) What meaning is expressed on the
area arrow K pointed 箭头 K 指示的区域有何含义
A. The area arrow K pointed is a center of low pressure
B. For past three hours, the air pressure have reduced 1.7hPa.
C. For past three hours, the air pressure have reduced 17hPa.
B X
93.(Refer to Figure 5) what weather area is there in the
east of zhengzhou 郑州东部区域是何种天气区域
A. Rain B. Light fog C. Fog
C X
94.(Refer to Figure 5) what weather phenomenon is there
in the north of zhengzhou 郑州北有何种天气现象
A. North wind at 12 m/s, dust
B. Strong wind with sand
C. Strong wind with haze
B X
95.(Refer to Figure 6) At point A, the wind direction,
wind speed and temperatures is 在 A 点风向风速温度为
A. West wind at 60 KT, temperatures is -48℃
B. Northwest wind at 60 KT, temperatures is 48℃
C. West wind at 24 KT, temperatures is -48℃
A X
96.(Refer to Figure 7) Flying from Guangzhou to
Chengdu, which significant weather phenomenon may be
encounterd 从广州到成都,可能遇到何种恶劣天气
A. Thunderstorm, Rain shower, mountain waves, moderate
clear air turbulence
B. Rain shower, freezing precipitation, mountain waves,
severe clear air turbulence
C. Rainfall, freezing precipitation, mountain waves, severe
icing
B X
97.(Refer to Figure 7) Flying from Guangzhou to
Chengdu, which weather system we would encounter 从广州到成都会遭遇何种天气系统
A. A cold front and a upper jet
B. A worm front and a upper jet
C. Mountain waves and severe turbulence
A X
98.(Refer to Figure 7) Flying from Kunming to Chengdu,
which significant weather phenomenon may be
encounterd 从昆明飞成都会遭遇何种恶劣天气条件
A. Severe turbulence, moderate icing, rain shower,
thunderstorms
B. Moderate turbulence, severe icing, freezing precipitation,
severe clear air turbulence
C. Moderate turbulence, moderate icing, rain, severe clear air
turbulence
C X
99.(Refer to Figure 7) Flying from Kunming to Chengdu,
which weather system we would encounter 从昆明到成都会遭遇何种天气系统
A. A worm front and mountain waves
B. A cold front and moderate icing
C. A stationary front and a upper jet
C X
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Weight&Balance,FlightOperation,CRM,Meteorology
2010-11-5 Page 23 of 25
100.(Refer to Figure 7) In this chart, ISOL EMBD CB
340/XXX means 航图中 ISOL EMBD CB340/xxx’表示
A. Some places have CBs, CBs with little or no separation
B. Isolated cumulonimbus embedded in layers of other
clouds, the top of the cumulonimbus is 34000 feet, the base
is unknown
C. The airplane is embedded in layers of clouds, the top of
the cumulonimbus is 34000 feet, the base is unknown
B X
101.(Refer to Figure 7) In this chart, ISOL EMBD CB
340/XXX means 航图中 ISOL EMBD CB340/xxx
A. Some places have CBs, CBs with little or no separation
B. Isolated cumulonimbus embedded in layers of other
clouds, the top of the cumulonimbus is 34000 feet, the base
is unknown
C. The airplane is embedded in layers of clouds, the top of
the cumulonimbus is 34000 feet, the base is unknown
B X
102.(Refer to Figure 7) The height and speed of the upper
jet is 高空急流的高度和速度是
A. The height of the upper jet is 3500 feet, the wind speed is
120 km/h
B. The height of the upper jet is 35000 feet, the wind speed is
120 knots
C. The height of the upper jet is 35000 feet, the wind speed is
48 km/h
B X
103.____prevents air flowing directly from the high
pressure area to low pressure area when air moves in a
level direction.阻止空气水平的从高压区直接吹向低压区的是
A. Friction force.
B. Inertial centrifugal force
C. Coriolis deflecting force
C X
104.A clear area in a line of thunderstorm echoes on a
radar scope indicates 雷达屏上雷暴周围光洁的区域表示
A. the absence of clouds in the area
B. an area of no convective turbulence
C. an area where precipitation drops are not detected
C X
105.Airplanes may encounter heavy turbulence in 飞机可能在何处遭遇重度颠簸
A. Cumulonimbus and towering cumulus
B. Stratocumulus and altocumulus
C. Altocumulus and cumulonimbus
A X
106.An aircraft that encounters a headwind of 40 knots,
within a microburst, may expect a total shear across the
microburst of 飞机在微下击暴流中遇上 40 节逆风,那么穿越微下击暴流后可能有总共多大的风切变总量
A. 40 knots B. 80 knots C. 90 knots
B X
107.An aircraft that encounters a headwind of 45knots,
within a microburst, may expect a total shear across the
microburst of 飞机在微下击暴流中遇上 45 节逆风,那么穿越微下击暴流后可能有总共多大的风切变总量
A. 40 knots B. 80 knots C. 90 knots C X
108.At lower levels of the atmosphere, friction causes the
wind to flow across isobars into a low because the friction.
低空大气中,摩擦力使风向斜穿等压线,因为摩擦力
A. decreases windspeed and Coriolis force.
B. decreases pressure gradient force.
C. creates air turbulence and raises atmospheric pressure.
A X
109.At which location does Coriolis force have the least
effect on wind direction?在何处科氏力对风向影响最小
A. At the poles.
B. Middle latitudes(30o to 60o).
C. At the equator.
C X
110.before takeoff, the pilots find the clouds have the
following: very low and thick clouds, flat and gray
bottoms with light rain. Thisclouds is referred as 起飞前飞行员发现云层有以下特点:高度低厚度大,平坦的灰色云底且伴有雨。这种云被称为
A. stratus or nimbostratus
B. altostratus or stratocumulus
C. cumulonimbus or altocumulus
A X
111.Before taking off, the captain finds that on weather
map, a stable cold front is slowly moving towards his
arrival airport, 起飞前机长发现气象图上指示有稳定的冷锋正缓慢向着目的机场移动,则可以判断目的地天气
A.(接正文 he should predict that the weather at the arrival
airport might be) cloudy with drizzle, low clouds and weak
turbulent current
B. cumulonimbus clouds, shower and gale
C. clear after rain, north deflecting wind and strong turbulent
current
A X
112.Convective clouds which penetrate a stratus layer can
produce which threat to instrument flight?穿入层云的对流云对仪表飞行会产生何种威胁
A. freezing rain
B. clear air turbulence
C. embedded thunderstorms
C X
113.During the life cycle of a thunderstorm, which stage
is characterized predominately by downdrafts?雷暴发展周期中哪个阶段主要是下沉气流主导阶段
A. cumulus B. dissipating C. mature
B X
114.How are smoke cleared or dispersed? 烟幕如何清除或消散
A. By wind or the movement of air.
B. By convective mixing in cool night air.
C. By evaporation similar to the clearing of fog.
A X
115.How can the stability of the atmosphere be
determined?如何确定大气的稳定性
A. Ambient temperature lapse rate.
B. Atmospheric pressure at various levels.
C. Surface temperature/dewpoint spread.
A X
116.How can turbulent air cause an increase in stalling
speed of an airfoil? 颠簸空气如何使失速速度增加
A.An abrupt change in relative wind.
B.A decrease in angle of attack.
C.Sudden decrease in load factor.
A X 117.How does Coriolis force affect wind direction in the
Southern Hemisphere.南半球科氏力如何影响风向
A. Causes clockwise rotation around a low.
B. Causes wind to flow out of a low toward a high.
C. Has exactly the same effect as in the Northern
Hemisphere.
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Weight&Balance,FlightOperation,CRM,Meteorology
2010-11-5 Page 24 of 25
A X
118.How dose Coriolis affect wind direction in the
northern Hemisphere?北半球科氏力如何影响风向
A. Causes counterclockwise rotation around a low.
B. Causes wind to flow out of a low toward a high.
C. Has exactly the same effect as in the Southern
Hemisphere.
A X
119.If airplane enters to the undershoot airflow under
thunderstorm clouds, it will encounter___.飞机进入雷暴云下方的下击气流中,其会遭遇
A. head windshear B. turbulence C. vertical windshear
C X
120.If the aircraft enters the strong downdraft burst,
where is the aircraft expected to meet the strongest
downdraft?飞机进入强烈的下击暴流,何处下沉气流最强
A. in the center of strong downdraft burst
B. when it enters the strong downdraft burst
C. when leaves the strong downdraft burst
A X
121.If the airplane flies through a high pressure center in
the northern hemisphere, the wind direction usually
changes.北半球穿越高压区,风向变化情况为
A. from headwind to tailwind.
B. from left crosswind to right crosswind.
C. from right crosswind to left crosswind
C X
122.If the airplane fly through a low pressure center in
the northern hemisphere, the wind direction usually
changes .北半球穿越低压区,风向变化情况为
A.from left crosswind to right crosswind.
B.from headwind to tailwind.
C.from right crosswind to left crosswind
A X
123.If the ambient temperature is colder than standard at
FL310, what is the relationship between true altitude and
pressure altitude?若外界气温比 FL310 标准温度低,则真实高度与压力高度之间的关系是
A.They are both the same 31,000feet.
B.True altitude is lower than 31,000feet.
C.Pressure altitude is lower than true altitude.
B X
124.If the ambient temperature is warmer than standard
at FL350, what is the density altitude compared to
pressure altitude? 若外界气温比 FL350 标准温度高,则密度高度与压力高度之间的关系是
A.Lower than pressure altitude.
B.Higher than pressure altitude.
C.Impossible to determine without information on possible
inversion layers at lower altitudes.
B X
125.In average, for every 1,000 feet increase in the
troposphere, the temperature of the air will .对流层空气平均每上升 1000 尺,气温会
A. descend 2℃ B.descend 3℃ C. descend 4℃
A X
126.In daily aeronautical weather reports, the code
"VCTS" means ____. 日常航空天气报中 VCTS 表示
A. There are thunderstorms in the vicinity of the airport but
no thunderstorms over the airport
B. There are rains in the vicinity of the airport but no
thunderstorms over the airport.
C. There are thunderstorms over the airport.
A X
127.In en route flight, the altimeter setting is 航路飞行的高度表拨正值为
A. QNE B. QNH C. QFE
A X
128.In flight, pilots find forane clouds consisting of cloud
bar and cloud band with flat floor and piled clouds on the
top of some clouds. The descriptive cloud should be.飞行中飞行员发现远处云层包含平底和堆积在一起的云条和云带,这种云应该是
A. cumulus congestus B. cumulostratus C. towering clouds
C X
129.In northern hemisphere, if fly from high pressure
area to low pressure area at 6000 meters, the wind on the
course is _____.北半球 6000 米高压飞往低压,途中风为
A.right crosswind B.tailwind C. left crosswind
C X
130.In northern sphere, the air cyclone circumfluence is
北半球气旋的空气运动
A. outward, downward and clockwise
B. outward, upward and clockwise
C. inward, upward and counterclockwise
C X
131.In stable air associated with a high pressure system
usually occurs?稳定空气伴随高压系统,通常发生
A. Advection fog. B. Radiation fog. C. Frontal fog.
B X
132.In summer, when warm air mass is unstable, what
may occur in layer clouds of cold front?夏天,暖空气不稳定时,冷锋云层中会产生
A. cumulonimbus B. front fog C. layer clouds
A X
133.In the AIRMET 6 of the Figure 3, which weather
phenomenon that influence fly be described.图 3中 6号低空重要气象预报指示了何种恶劣天气
A. Lines of thunderstorms, fog and rain
B. Nimbostratus, obscured thunderstorms
C. Low ceiling cloud and moderate icing
C X
134.In the dark, a stationary light will appear to move
when stared at for a period of time. This illusion is known
as 黑暗中静止灯光在注视一段时间后好像在动,这种错觉被称为
A.somatogravic illusion.
B.ground lighting illusion.
C.autokinesis.
C X
135.In the friction layer of the northern hemisphere, the
wind of low pressure area is .北半球摩擦层中低压区风向
A. clockwise inbound wind
B.counter clockwise outbound wind
C.counter clockwise inbound wind
C X
136.In the Northern hemisphere, if a pilot makes a
long-distance flight from east to west, under which of the
following conditions,北半球飞行员自东向西长途飞行,何时会遭遇由气压系统形成的顺风
A.(接正文 might encounter tailwind forming by air pressure
system?) when the airplane is in the south of high pressure system and in the north of low pressure system.
B. When the airplane is in the north of high pressure system
and in the south of low pressure system.
C. When the airplane is in the north of high pressure and low
pressure systems .
A X
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material Weight&Balance,FlightOperation,CRM,Meteorology
2010-11-5 Page 25 of 25
137.In the SIGMET 8 of the Figure 3, what is the valid
period of time.图 3 中 8 号重要气象预报的有效时限为
A. From 08Z to 22Z.
B. From the 22nd 08Z to the 22nd at 14Z.
C. From 14Z to 22Z
B X
138.In the SIGMET 8 of the Figure 3, which station
predict the dangerous weather at first 图 3 中 8 号重要气象预报中哪个站最先预测有危险天气
A. ZULS B. ASSS C. ZUUU
A X
2008.1.30-2008.3.30 新增题
1 商照规定的男乘客和女乘客的体重:参考 CCAR121 附件 A
最大商载的定义
2 飞机的机翼有霜冻会 a 减小升力 b 增加阻力 c 改变飞
机构型 (升力减 30%,阻力增大 40%)
3 湿租的含义:是指按照租赁协议,承租人租赁飞机时携带出租
人一名或者多名机组成员的租赁。 CCAR121 附件 A
4 驾驶舱话音记录器 CVR 的外壳颜色:鲜橙色或者鲜黄色
CCAR121.359
5 机组人员在哪个阶段必须系好安全带 a 起飞着陆 b 起
飞滑跑着陆 c。。。飞行的整个阶段 CCAR121.541
6 机舱内警示标语 a 至少用英文 b 至少用中文 c 中英文
并用 CCAR121.361
7 机舱内减(释)压阀的作用: 释放超过预设值得压力,
防止内漏
8 机长复训和熟练检查时间分别是:参考 ATP 课本第 4
页 Section E 第 2、3 段
9延伸跨水运行:是指飞机距最近海岸线的水平距离超过93 公里
(50 海里)的跨水运行。 CCAR121 附件 A
10.CCAR121 附件 F 民用飞机训练分级 请自己查阅
12 下列哪个不可以接受机长训练? CCAR121.417
A 运七 1 年,300小时正驾驶,总飞行时间 2200小时
B TB教员 7年,总飞行时间 6600小时
C B737 1年,总飞行时间 3600小时
13. Baffle plates in wing fuel cells prevent
A. Fuel moving from one take to another during turbulent
flight.
B. Over pressure in the fuel tank
C. movement of the fuel (surging) in the tanks during
acceleration/deceleration ,and in turbulent comlitions.
14. If a pilot ompletes a difficult task successfully and is
faced with a similar difficulty a few days lator he should
experience? A. about the same degree of stress B. great
stress C. less
15. The eye adapts to differing light teves by?
A. the lens becoming progressively opaque B. chemical
changes in the cornea C. chemical changes in the retina
16 是否可以携带少量酒精饮料上机饮用 A 经过机长允
许可以 B 不可以 C 可以 (建议选 B)
17 长时间受发动机噪音影响,会使得____ A 长波听力
下降 B 短波听力下降 C 任何波段听力下降
18 机长的定义 A 对飞机在空中航行负责任 B 飞行人
员 C 对飞机在空中航行负最终责任
19 一架飞机在起飞、中转或者目的地机场中任意一地发
生故障,本公司飞行副总应否对该故障过程进行监控
A 依本公司规定 B 是 C 否
20 谁负责给飞机准备检查单 CCAR121.131 A 局方 B
制造商 C 合格证持有人
4 当飞机最小安全速度大于最大速度,应 (不确定)
A 向经营者和 ATC 取得许可 B 向公司所在地的民航管
理局取得协议 C 塔台许可
21. 250 座飞机配备几个灭火瓶 A 5 B 4 C 3
22 definition of work ( 功 的 定 义 = 力 ×距 离 ) A
Force×distance×time B Force×area C Force×distance
23 座舱高度的定义 CCAR121.327
24何种襟翼增大翼面积 A plain flaps普通襟翼B fowler
flaps富勒襟翼(后退开缝)C split flaps 分裂襟翼
25 机长具有对航空器的完全管理与支配权利,这种说法
正确与否? 正确
26 过渡高度层是使用的过渡层以上的 最低_高度层
27 飞行通讯员过去半年内必须有多少小时 A 50 B
100 C 150 CCAR121.473条
28 理论考试、飞行实践考试可否在模拟机上进行? A 可
以 B 局方指定的模拟机 C 模拟机
29 山岳波在哪个位置最不稳定? A上风、B下风位置 C
山顶 1500米处
30 机组在时差超过 6 小时的两个机场飞行完成后,休息
时间应为 A 36hours B 48hours C 72hours
31. 747 上海飞东京,备降场大阪,起飞前油量:
A.飞至东京再飞上海至东京 10%时间再飞大阪,然后大
阪上空 450 米飞 30 分钟。
B.飞至东京再飞至大阪,然后再飞 90 分钟。
C.飞至东京再飞上海至东京 10%时间,再飞大阪,再飞
45 分钟。
32 航线飞机适航性(有效期?) A 1年 B 2 年 C3年 (建
议答案,仅供参考)
CCAR21.179 规定 有效期由局方规定。
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material 90 题全
第 1 页 共 6 页
90 题汇总 1.If a SIGMET alert is announced, how can information contained in the SIGMET be obtained?如果发布有重要气象情
报警告,怎样获得重要气象情报中的信息 A.ATC will announce the hazard and advise when information will
be provided in the FSS broadcast.
B.By contacting a weather watch station.
C.By contacting the nearest AFSS.
C 2. On the constant pressure analysis chart, aircraft and satellite observations are used in the analysis over areas of sparse data. An aircraft observation is plotted using 等压面分
析图上,飞机观察和卫星观测可用于数据稀少地区的气象分析。飞
机观察用____标绘 A.a station circle at the aircraft location.
B.a square at the aircraft location.
C.a star at the aircraft location.
B 3. Freezing Point Depressant (FPD) fluids are highly soluble in water; however,防冰液易溶于水,但是 A.ice is slow to absorb it but fast to melt when in contact with
FPD.
B.ice absorbs it very fast but is slow to melt when in contact with
it.
C.ice is slow to absorb it, and to melt when in contact with it.
C 4. What information is provided by a Convective Outlook (AC)?对流观测资料提供什么情报 A.It describes areas of probable severe icing and severe or
extreme turbulence during the next 24 hours.
B.It provides prospects of both general and severe thunderstorm
activity during the following 24 hours.
C.It indicates areas of probable convective turbulence and the
extent of instability in the upper atmosphere (above 500 mb). B
5.Freezing Point Depressant (FPD) fluid residue on engine fan or compressor blades 防冰液残留在发动机风扇或压气机叶
片上 A.can increase performance and cause stalls or surges.
B.could cause FDP vapors to enter the aircraft but would have no
affect on engine thrust or power.
C.can reduce engine performance and cause surging and/or
compressor stalls. C
6 . What is the single source reference that contains information regarding volcanic eruption, turbulence, and icing conditions for a specific region?包含特定地区火山喷发/颠簸/积冰情况的单一来源参考是 A.Weather Depiction Chart.
B.In-Flight Weather Advisories.
C.Area Forecast.
B
7 . Which procedure increases holding time when deicing/anti-icing an airplane using a two-step process?当飞
机采用两步过程除(防)冰时,哪种程序增加等待时间 A.Heated Type 1 fluid followed by cold Type 2 fluid.
B.Cold Type 2 fluid followed by hot Type 2 fluid.
C.Heated Type 1 or 2 fluid followed by cold Type 1 fluid.
A
8.Weather conditions expected to occur in the vicinity of the airport, but not at the airport, are denoted by the letters “V(C).?When V(C) appears in a Terminal Aerodrome Forecast, it covers a geographical area of 机场附近(VC)代表的地理范围
是 A.a 5 to 10 statute mile radius from the airport.
B.a 5-mile radius of the center of a runway complex.
C.10 miles of the station originating the forecast.
A
9.Snow on top of deicing or anti-icing fluids 除(防)冰液上面
的雪 A.need not be considered as adhering to the aircraft.
B.must be considered as adhering to the aircraft.
C.must be considered as adhering to the aircraft, but a safe
takeoff can be made as it will blow off. B
10.Where are jetstreams normally located?急流通常位于 A.In areas of strong low pressure systems in the stratosphere.
B.At the tropopause where intensified temperature gradients are
located.
C.In a single continuous band, encircling the Earth, where there
is a break between the equatorial and polar tropopause. B
11.A strong wind shear can be expected 强风切变发生在 A.on the low pressure side of a 100-knot jetstream core.
B.where the horizontal wind shear is 15 knots, in a distance
equal to 2.5?longitude.
C.if the 5°C isotherms are spaced 100 NM or closer together.
A
12.What should the deice/anti-ice fluid temperature be during the last step of a two-phase process?两阶段法除冰的
最后阶段,除(防)冰液温度如何 A.Hot
B.Warm
C.Cold
C
13.Which type clouds may be associated with the jetstream?哪种云和高空急流有关 A.Cumulonimbus cloud line where the jetstream crosses the cold
front.
B.Cirrus clouds on the equatorial side of the jetstream.
C.Cirrostratus cloud band on the polar side and under the
jetstream. B
14.On the constant pressure analysis chart, satellite and aircraft observations are used in the analysis, over areas of sparse data. A satellite observation plotted using 等压面分析
图上,数据稀少地区天气可用卫星和飞机观测信息进行分析。卫星
观测用何标绘? A.a station circle at the cloud top location.
B.a square at the cloud top location.
C.a star at the cloud top location.
C
15.When flying over the top of a severe thunderstorm, the cloud should be overflown by at least 飞越剧烈雷暴顶部时,距
离云顶的高度至少是 A.1,000 feet for each 10 knots windspeed.
B.2,500 feet.
C.500 feet above any moderate to severe turbulence layer.
A
16.At what time are current AIRMETs broadcast in their entirety by the Hazardous Inflight Weather Advisory Service
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material 90 题全
第 2 页 共 6 页
(HIWAS)?当前 AIRMET 通过 HIWAS 什么时候完整广播 A.15 and 45 minutes after the hour during the first hour after
issuance, and upon receipt.
B.Every 15 minutes until the AIRMET is canceled.
C.There is a continuous broadcast over selected VORs of Inflight
Weather Advisories. C
17.Vertical wind shear can be determined directly from the dashed lines on the tropopause data chart. The vertical wind shear that is critical for probability of turbulence is 垂直风切
变可以从对流层顶数据图上的虚线直接判断出来,可能产生颠簸的
垂直风切变标准是 A.4 knots or greater per 1,000 feet.
B.6 knots or more per 1,000 feet.
C.greater than 8 knots per 1,000 feet.
B
18.Which of the following will decrease the holding time during anti-icing using a two-step process?采用两步法除冰时
下列哪种方法可以缩短等待时间 A.Apply heated Type 2 fluid.
B.Decrease the water content.
C.Increase the viscosity of Type 1 fluid.
A
19.What information from the control tower is indicated by the following transmission?塔台通告:“机场南边界风向 160 风
速 25,西部边界风向 240 风速 35”由此可以获得什么信息 “SOUTH BOUNDARY WIND ONE SIX ZERO AT TWO FIVE, WEST BOUNDARY WIND TWO FOUR ZERO AT THREE FIVE.
A.A downburst is located at the center of the airport.
B.Wake turbulence exists on the west side of the active runway.
C.There is a possibility of wind shear over or near the airport.
C
20.The TWEB Route Forecasts and Synopses are issued by the Weather Service Forecast Offices (WSFOs) four times per day according to time zone. The TWEB forecast is valid for a/an 天气服务预告室根据时区每天发布四次 TWEB,其预告
的有效期是 A.8-hour period.
B.12-hour period.
C.15-hour period.
B
21.Which type of weather can only be directly observed during flight and then reported in a PIREP?飞行期间只有哪些
天气可以直接观察到并且用飞行员报告(PIREP)通报 A.Turbulence and structural icing.
B.Jetstream-type winds and icing.
C.Level of the tropopause and turbulence.
A
22.Which is a disadvantage of the one-step over the two-step process when deicing/anti-icing an airplane?飞机除
(防)冰一次完成和两次完成相比较,缺点是 A.It is more complicated.
B.The holding time is increased.
C.More fluid is used with the one-step method when large
deposits of ice and snow must be flushed off airplane surfaces. C
23.Which atmospheric factor causes rapid movement of surface fronts?哪个大气要素引起地面锋快速移动 A.Upper winds blowing across the front.
B.Upper low located directly over the surface low.
C.The cold front overtaking and lifting the warm front.
A
24.What is indicated about an air mass if the temperature remains unchanged or decreases slightly as altitude is increased?高度上升,如果气温保持不变或略有下降,表明气团 A.The air is unstable.
B.A temperature inversion exists.
C.The air is stable.
C
25.Constant Pressure Analysis Charts contain contours, isotherms and some contain isotachs. The contours depict等压面分析图上标注有等压线/等温线和一些等风速线。等压线描
述 A.ridges, lows, troughs and highs aloft.
B.highs, lows, troughs, and ridges on the surface.
C.highs, lows, troughs, and ridges corrected to MSL.
A
26.How will an area of thunderstorm activity, that may grow to severe intensity, be indicated on the Severe Weather Outlook Chart? 重要天气概略图上怎么表示一个地区的雷暴活动
将增强 A.SLGT within cross-hatched areas.
B.APCHG within any area.
C.SVR within any area.
B 27What is the general direction of movement of a hurricane located in the Caribbean or Gulf of Mexico region?加勒比或墨
西哥湾地区的飓风移动方向通常是 A.Northwesterly curving to northeasterly.
B.Westerly, until encountering land, then easterly.
C.Counterclockwise over open water, then dissipating outward
over land. A
28.Why are downdrafts in a mature thunderstorm hazardous?成熟雷暴中的下降气流为何危险 A.Downdrafts are kept cool by cold rain which tends to accelerate
the downward velocity.
B.Downdrafts converge toward a central location under the storm
after striking the surface.
C.Downdrafts become warmer than the surrounding air and
reverse into an updraft before reaching the surface. A
29.Freezing Point Depressant (FPD) fluids used for deicing用于除冰的冰点抑制剂___ A.provide ice protection during flight.
B.are intended to provide ice protection on the ground only.
C.on the ground, cause no performance degradation during
takeoff. B
30.What sources reflect the most accurate information on current and forecast icing conditions?什么资料反映最准确地
当前和预报积冰条件的信息 A.Low-Level Sig Weather Prog Chart, RADATs, and the Area
Forecast.
B.PIREPs, Area Forecast, and the Freezing Level Chart.
C.PIREPs, AIRMETs, and SIGMETs.
C
31.Anti-icing fluid should provide freezing point protection to 防冰液可以将冰点降到 A.-20°F ambient temperature.
B.+32°F outside temperature or below.
C.a freezing point no greater than 20°F below the ambient or
airplane surface temperature. C
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material 90 题全
第 3 页 共 6 页
32.What conditions are indicated on a Weather Depiction Chart?天气描述图上标注____ A.Actual sky cover, visibility restrictions, and type of precipitation
at reporting stations.
B.Forecast ceilings and visibilities over a large geographic area.
C.Actual en route weather conditions between reporting stations.
A
33.Assuring that appropriate aeronautical charts are aboard an aircraft is the responsibility of the 保证将航图带上飞机是谁
的责任 A.aircraft dispatcher. B. flight navigator. C. pilot-in-command. C. 34. The minimum weather conditions that must exist for a domestic air carrier flight to take off from an airport that is not listed in the Air Carrier’s Operations Specifications (takeoff minimums are not prescribed for that airport) is A. 800-2, 1,100-1, or 900-1-1/2. B. 1,000-1, 900-1-1/4, or 800-2. C. 1,000-1, 900-1-1/2, or 800-2. C. 35. Which in-flight conditions are required by a supplemental air carrier to conduct a day, over-the-top flight below the specified IFR minimum en route altitude?必须满足什么条件,
补班飞行的航空承运人才能在昼间 IFR 最低巡航高度以下飞行 A.The flight must remain clear of clouds by at least 1,000 feet vertically and 1,000 feet horizontally and have at least 3 miles flight visibility. B.The flight must be conducted at least 1,000 feet above an overcast or broken cloud layer, any higher broken/overcast cloud cover is a minimum of 1,000 feet above the IFR MEA, and have at least 5 miles flight visibility. C.The height of any higher overcast or broken layer must be at least 500 feet above the IFR MEA. B. 36.What is the maximum number of degrees between the final approach course and the runway centerline for a LORAN RNAV approach to be considered a straight-in approach?罗兰区域导航直线进近时,最后进近航迹和跑道中心线
的夹角最大为 A.5 B.10 C.30 C 37. What pilot certification and aircraft equipment are required for operating in Class C airspace? C 类空域飞行需要
什么飞行执照和机载设备 A.No specific certification but a two-way radio. B.At least a Private Pilot Certificate and two-way radio. C.At least a Private Pilot Certificate, two-way radio, and a TSO-C74b transponder. A. 38.A minimum instrument altitude for enroute operations off of published airways which provides obstruction clearance of 1,000 feet in nonmountainous terrain areas and 2,000 feet in designated mountainous areas within the United States is called 提供非山区 1000 英尺/山区 2000 英尺超障余度的偏离公布
航线最低仪表巡航高度叫做 A.Minimum Obstruction Clearance Altitude (MOCA). B.Off-Route Obstruction Clearance Altitude (OROCA). C.Minimum Safe/Sector Altitude (MSA). B 39.When entering a holding pattern above 14,000 feet, the initial outbound leg should not exceed 加入高于 14000 英尺的
等待程序,出航边不能超过
A.1 minute. B.1-1/2 minutes. C.1-1/2 minutes or 10 NM, whichever is less. B 40. The minimum weather conditions that must exist for an airport to be listed as an alternate in the dispatch release for a domestic air carrier flight are 国内航空承运人在签派放行单中
将一个机场列为备降机场时,其最低天气标准是 A.those listed in the NOAA IAP charts for the alternate airport, at the time the flight is expected to arrive. B.those specified in the certificate holder’s Operations Specifications for that airport, when the flight arrives. C.those listed in the NOAA IAP charts for the alternate airport, from 1 hour before or after the ETA for that flight. B 41. What action should the pilot take when “gate hold?procedures are in effect?“登机口等待”生效时,飞行员应
采取什么行动 A.Contact ground control prior to starting engines for sequencing. B.Taxi into position and hold prior to requesting clearance. C.Start engines, perform pretakeoff check, and request clearance prior to leaving the parking area. A 42. What is the pilot’s responsibility for clearance or instruction readback?飞行员对许可或指令进行复诵应 A.Except for SIDs, read back altitude assignments, altitude restrictions, and vectors. B.If the clearance or instruction is understood, an acknowledgment is sufficient. C.Read back the entire clearance or instruction to confirm the message is understood. A 43.What cloud clearance must be complied with when authorized to maintain “VFR on Top? 被授权“云上目视”时,必
须遵守什么许可 A.May maintain VFR clearance above, below, or between layers. B.Must maintain VFR clearance above or below. C.May maintain VFR clearance above or below, but not between layers. A 44. What special consideration is given for turbine-powered aircraft when “gate hold?procedures are in effect? “登机口等
待”生效时,对于涡轮发动机飞机应特别考虑 A.They are given preference for departure over other aircraft. B.They are expected to be ready for takeoff when they reach the runway or warmup block. C.They are expected to be ready for takeoff prior to taxi and will receive takeoff clearance prior to taxi. B 45.When a composite flight plan indicates VFR for the first portion of the flight, what is the procedure for the transition?当综合飞行计划的第一阶段为 VFR 时,过渡程序是 A.The VFR portion is automatically canceled and the IFR portion
is automatically activated when the pilot reports IFR conditions.
B.The pilot should advise ATC to cancel VFR and activate the
IFR portion of the flight.
C.The pilot should close the VFR portion with the nearest FSS
and request the IFR clearance at least 5 minutes prior to IFR. C 46.An alternate airport is not required to dispatch a flag air carrier airplane for a flight of less than 6 hours when the visibility for at least 1 hour before and 1 hour after the ETA at the destination airport is forecast to be 飞行时间少于 6 小时的
国际航空运输飞行,签派放行时不需要备降机场的条件是,预达时
间前后一小时预报目的地机场的能见度 A.2 miles or greater.
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material 90 题全
第 4 页 共 6 页
B.at least 3 miles, or 2 miles more than the lowest applicable minimum. C.3 miles. B 47.While being vectored to the final approach course of an IFR approach, when may the pilot descend to published altitudes?当雷达引导至 IFR 进近的最后进近阶段,飞行员何时下
降至公布的高度 A.Anytime the flight is on a published leg of an approach chart. B.When the flight is within the 10-mile ring of a published approach. C.Only when approach control clears the flight for the approach. C 48. A pilot of a turbine-powered airplane should climb as rapidly as practicable after taking off to what altitude? 涡轮
动力的飞机起飞后应尽快爬升至什么高度 A.1,000 feet AGL. B.1,500 feet AGL. C.5,000 feet AGL. B 49.If being radar vectored to the final approach course of a published instrument approach that specifies “NO PT,?the pilot should 当雷达引导至标有“不能程序转弯”的公布仪表进近
最后进近航段时,飞行员应当 A.advise ATC that a procedure turn will not be executed. B.not execute the procedure turn unless specifically cleared to do so by ATC. C.execute a holding-pattern type procedure turn. B
50.At what minimum altitude is a turbine-engine-powered, or large airplane, required to enter Class D airspace? 涡轮动力
装置或大型飞机进入 D 类空域的最低高度是 A.1,500 feet AGL. B.2,000 feet AGL. C.2,500 feet AGL. A
51.When a composite flight plan indicates IFR for the first portion of the flight, what is the procedure for the transition?当综合飞行计划第一段是 IFR 时,过渡程序是 A.The IFR portion is automatically canceled and the VFR portion
is automatically activated when the pilot reports VFR conditions.
B.The pilot should advise ATC to cancel the IFR portion and
contact the nearest FSS to activate the VFR portion.
C.The pilot should advise ATC to cancel the IFR portion and
activate the VFR portion. B 52.What minimum aircraft equipment is required for operation within Class C airspace? 飞机在 C 类空域飞行最低
机载设备要求是 A.Two-way communications. B.Two-way communications and transponder. C.Transponder and DME. B
53.When cleared to execute a published side-step maneuver, at what point is the pilot expected to commence this maneuver?当被许可进行公布的避让机动飞行时,在哪个点飞行
员开始机动飞行 A.At the published DH. B.At the MDA published or a circling approach. C.As soon as possible after the runway environment is in sight. C
54.Under what conditions may an air carrier pilot continue an instrument approach to the DH, after receiving a weather report indicating that less than minimum published landing conditions exist at the airport?当收到天气报告,机场的天气低
于最低着陆标准,什么条件下飞行员可以继续仪表进近到 DH A.If the instrument approach is conducted in a radar environment. B.When the weather report is received as the pilot passes the FAF. C.When the weather report is received after the pilot has begun the final approach segment of the instrument approach. C 55.When the forecast weather conditions for a destination and alternate airport are considered marginal for a domestic air carrier’s operation, what specific action should the dispatcher or pilot in command take?目的地机场和备降机场天
气预报处于边际条件,签派员和机长应该 A.List an airport where the forecast weather is not marginal as the alternate. B.Add 1 additional hour of fuel based on cruise power settings for the airplane in use. C.List at least one additional alternate airport. C
56.Which aeronautical chart depicts Military Training Routes (MTR) above 1,500 feet?哪种航图上标绘有高于 1500 英尺的军
事训练航路 A.IFR Low Altitude En Route Chart. B.IFR High Altitude En Route Chart. C.IFR Planning Chart. A 57.Pilots should state their position on the airport when calling the tower for takeoff 当飞行员向塔台请求起飞时应说明
位置 A.from a runway intersection. B.from a runway intersection, only at night. C.from a runway intersection, only during instrument conditions. A 58. What action should a pilot take if asked by ARTCC to “VERIFY 9,000?and the flight is actually maintaining 8,000? 如果区调询问“证实 9000”,而实际飞机保持在 8000,飞行员应该 A.Immediately climb to 9,000. B.Report climbing to 9,000. C.Report maintaining 8,000. C 59.If visual reference is lost while circling to land from an instrument approach, what action(s) should the pilot take? 从仪表进近改为目视盘旋着陆时失去目视参考,飞行员应 A.Make a climbing turn toward the landing runway until established on the missed approach course. B.Turn toward the landing runway maintaining MDA, and if visual reference is not regained, perform missed approach. C.Make a climbing turn toward the VOR/NDB, and request further instructions. A 60. What minimum information does an abbreviated departure clearance “cleared as filed?include? A.Clearance limit and en route altitude. B.Clearance limit, en route altitude, and SID, if appropriate. C.Destination airport, en route altitude, and SID, if appropriate. C 61.How should an off-airway direct flight be defined on an IFR flight plan?仪表飞行计划中应该怎样定义偏航直线飞行 A.The initial fix, the true course, and the final fix. B.All radio fixes over which the flight will pass. C.The initial fix, all radio fixes which the pilot wishes to be compulsory reporting points, and the final fix. B 62.To assure expeditious handling of a civilian air ambulance flight, the word “LIFEGUARD?should be entered in which section of the flight plan? 为保证迅速处理民用救护飞行,“救护”应填写在飞行计划的哪部分
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material 90 题全
第 5 页 共 6 页
A.Aircraft type/special equipment block. B.Pilot’s name and address block. C.Remarks block. C
63.What is the purpose of the term “hold for release?when included in an IFR clearance? IFR 许可中“等待放行”作用是 A.A procedure for delaying departure for traffic volume, weather, or need to issue further instructions. B.When an IFR clearance is received by telephone, the pilot will have time to prepare for takeoff prior to being released. C.Gate hold procedures are in effect and the pilot receives an estimate of the time the flight will be released. A 64.How should the route of flight be defined on an IFR flight plan? IFR 飞行计划中怎样定义飞行航路 A.A simplified route via airways or jet routes with transitions. B.A route via airways or jet routes with VORs and fixes used. C.A route via airways or jet routes with only the compulsory reporting points. A 65.In what altitude structure is a transponder required when operating in controlled airspace?管制空域飞行时,应答机工作
要求的高度范围是 A.Above 12,500 feet MSL, excluding the airspace at and below 2,500 feet AGL. B.Above 10,000 feet MSL, excluding the airspace at and below 2,500 feet AGL. C.Above 14,500 feet MSL, excluding the airspace at and below 2,500 feet AGL. B 66.What action(s) should a pilot take if vectored across the final approach course during an IFR approach? A.Continue on the last heading issued until otherwise instructed.
IFR 进近过程中,如果被引导穿越最后进近航迹,飞行员应该采取
什么行动
B.Contact approach control, and advise that the flight is crossing the final approach course. C.Turn onto final, and broadcast in the blind that the flight has proceeded on final. B
67.What is the normal procedure for IFR departures at locations with pretaxi clearance programs? 滑出前许可的 IFR离场程序通常为 A.Pilots request IFR clearance when ready to taxi. The pilot will receive taxi instruction with clearance. B.Pilots request IFR clearance when ready to taxi. Pilots will receive taxi clearance, then receive IFR clearance while taxiing or on runup. C.Pilots request IFR clearance 10 minutes or less prior to taxi, then request taxi clearance from ground control. C 68.When simultaneous ILS approaches are in progress, which of the following should approach control be advised of immediately? 平行盲降进近,出现下列哪种情况需要立即报告
进近管制 A.Any inoperative or malfunctioning aircraft receivers. B.If a simultaneous ILS approach is desired. C.If radar monitoring is desired to confirm lateral separation. A 69.Under what condition may a pilot cancel an IFR flight plan prior to completing the flight? 什么条件下飞行员可以在完成飞
行前取消 IFR 飞行计划 A.Anytime it appears the clearance will cause a deviation from
FARs.
B.Anytime within controlled airspace by contacting ARTCC.
C.Only if in VFR conditions in other than Class A airspace.
C
70 . When must the pilot initiate a missed approach procedure from an ILS approach? 盲降进近中何时必须开始复
飞程序 A.At the DH when the runway is not clearly visible. B.When the time has expired after reaching the DH and the runway environment is not clearly visible. C.At the DH, if the visual references for the intended runway are not distinctly visible or anytime thereafter that visual reference is lost. C 71.What altitude is a pilot authorized to fly when cleared for an ILS approach? The pilot 获得盲降进近许可时,飞行员可以
飞什么高度 A.may begin a descent to the procedure turn altitude.
B.must maintain the last assigned altitude until established on a
published route or segment of the approach with published altitudes.
C.may descend from the assigned altitude only when established
on the final approach course. B 72.When is radar service terminated while vectored for an IFR approach at an uncontrolled airport? 在非管制机场雷达引
导作 IFR 进近时,何时可以中止雷达服务 A.Only upon landing or advised to change to advisory frequency. B.When aligned on the final approach course. C.When cleared for the approach. A 73.When cleared to execute a published side-step maneuver for a specific approach and landing on the parallel runway, at what point is the pilot expected to commence this maneuver? 获得许可进行公布的机动飞行向平行跑道进近着陆时,飞行员应在
哪个点开始机动飞行 A.At the published minimum altitude for a circling approach. B.As soon as possible after the runway or runway environment is in sight. C.At the localizer MDA minimums and when the runway is in sight. B 74.When using a flight director system, what rate of turn or bank angle should a pilot observe during turns in a holding pattern? 使用飞行指引系统,等待转弯时应采用多大的转弯率或
转弯坡度 A.3?per second or 25?bank, whichever is less. B.3?per second or 30?bank, whichever is less. C.1-1/2?per second or 25?bank, whichever is less. A 75.What service is provided for aircraft operating within the outer area of Class C airspace? C 类空域外区域运行的航空器
可以获得什么服务 A.The same as within Class C airspace when communications and radar contact is established. B.Radar vectors to and from secondary airports within the outer area. C.Basic radar service only when communications and radar contact is established. A 76. Under what condition may a pilot file an IFR flight plan containing a special or privately owned IAP? 什么条件下飞行
员可以申请含有特殊或私有仪表进近程序的飞行计划 A.Upon approval of ATC. B.Upon approval of the owner. C.Upon signing a waiver of responsibility. B 77.Which reports are always required when on an IFR
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material 90 题全
第 6 页 共 6 页
approach not in radar contact? 雷达未监控,IFR 进近时通常应
进行哪些报告 A.Leaving FAF inbound or outer marker inbound and missed approach. B.Leaving FAF inbound, leaving outer marker inbound or outbound, and missed approach. C.Leaving FAF inbound, leaving outer marker inbound or outbound, procedure turn outbound and inbound, and visual contact with the runway. A 78.What services are provided for aircraft operating within Class C airspace? C 类空域内运行的航空器可以获得什么服务 A.Sequencing of arriving aircraft, separation of aircraft (except between VFR aircraft), and traffic advisories. B.Sequencing of arriving aircraft (except VFR aircraft), separation between all aircraft, and traffic advisories. C.Sequencing of all arriving aircraft, separation between all aircraft, and traffic advisories. A 79.What separation or service by ATC is afforded pilots authorized “VFR on Top? 授权“云上目视”,管制为飞行员提供
什么间隔或服务 A.The same afforded all IFR flights. B.3 miles horizontally instead of 5. C.Traffic advisories only. C
80.What action should a pilot take if within 3 minutes of a clearance limit and further clearance has not been received? 许可限制 3 分钟以内但仍未获得进一步管制许可,飞行员应该 A.Assume lost communications and continue as planned. B.Plan to hold at cruising speed until further clearance is received. C.Start a speed reduction to holding speed in preparation for holding. C 81.Under which condition, if any, may a pilot descend below DH or MDA when using the ALSF-1 approach light system as the primary visual reference for the intended runway? 当使
用 ALSF-1 进近灯光系统作为主要的目视参考时,在什么条件下,
可以下降至 DH 或 MDH A.Under no condition can the approach light system serve as a necessary visual reference for descent below DH or MDA. B.Descent to the intended runway is authorized as long as any portion of the approach light system can be seen. C.The approach light system can be used as a visual reference, except that descent below 100 feet above TDZE requires that the red light bars be visible and identifiable. C 82.When cleared for an IFR approach to an uncontrolled airport with no FSS, what precaution should the pilot take after being advised to change to advisory frequency? 当获得
许可向一个没有 FSS 的非管制机场仪表进近时,当被建议改变咨
询频率时,飞行员应警觉 A.Monitor ATC for traffic advisories as well as UNICOM.
B.Broadcast position and intentions on the Common Traffic
Advisory Frequency and monitor the frequency.
C.Wait until visual contact is made with the airport and then
broadcast position and intentions to land on UNICOM. B 83.Under what conditions may a pilot on an IFR flight plan comply with authorization to maintain “VFR on Top? 在什么
条件下按 IFR 飞行计划飞行的飞行员可以根据授权保持“云上目
视” A.Maintain IFR flight plan but comply with visual flight rules while in VFR conditions.
B.Maintain VFR altitudes, cloud clearances, and comply with applicable instrument flight rules. C.Maintain IFR altitudes, VFR cloud clearances, and comply with applicable instrument flight rules. B 84.Which IFR fix(es) should be entered on a composite flight plan? 哪个(些)定位点应该包含在综合飞行计划中 A.All compulsory reporting points en route. B.The VORs that define the IFR portion of the flight. C.The fix where the IFR portion is to be terminated. C
85.In what way are SIDs depicted in plan view? 标准仪表离场
图中,平面图描绘 A.“Vectors?provided for navigational guidance or “Pilot NAV?with courses the pilot is responsible to follow. B.“Vectors?and “Pilot NAV?for pilots to use at their discretion. C.Combined textual and graphic form which are mandatory routes and instructions. A 86. What restriction applies to a large, turbine-powered airplane operating to or from a primary airport in Class B airspace? 大型涡轮发动机的飞机飞向或飞往 B 类空域主要机场
有什么限制 A.Must not exceed 200 knots within Class B airspace. B.Must operate above the floor when within lateral limits of Class B airspace. C.Must operate in accordance with IFR procedures regardless of weather conditions. B 87.At what maximum indicated airspeed can a reciprocating-engine airplane operate in the airspace underlying Class B airspace? B 类空域飞行,活塞发动机的飞机
最大指示空速为多少 A.180 knots. B.200 knots. C.230 knots. B 88. What is the maximum holding speed for a civil turbojet holding at a civil airport at 15,000 feet MSL, unless a higher speed is required due to turbulence or icing and ATC is notified? 除了颠簸或积冰以及管制要求以外,民航涡喷飞机在民
用机场平均海平面 15000 英尺等待的最大等待速度为 A.265 knots. B.250 knots. C.230knots. A 89. At what maximum indicated airspeed may a reciprocating-engine-powered airplane be operated within Class D airspace? D 类空域飞行,活塞发动机飞机最大指示空速
为 A.156 knots. B.180 knots. C.200knots.
C 90.What is the maximum indicated airspeed a turbine-powered aircraft may be operated below 10,000 feet MSL? 平均海平面高度 10000 英尺以下,涡轮发动机飞机飞行的
最大指示空速是 A.288 knots. B.250knots. C.230knots. B
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material 270 题全+680 题截选
第 1 页 共 14 页 1
270 题汇总 1.Which weather condition is an example of a non frontal
instablity band? 哪种天气是不稳定锋带的实例
A. radiation fog B. front gense C. squall line
C.X
2.The horizontal wind shear critical for turbulance per 150
miles is 水平风切变的标准是每 150 海里风速变化--
A. 18 knots or less B. greater than 18 knots C. not a factar
B.
3.Minimum critiria of ILS ⅢA is 三类 A 盲降最低标准是
A.DH 50 feet and RVR 350m B.RVR 300m C.RVR 200m
C.
4.What effect does the leading edge slot in the wing have
on performance? 前缘缝翼对飞机性能的影响
A. Reduce profilw drag
B. decelerates the supper surface boundary lager air
C. changes the stalling angle of attack of a higher angle
(C)
5.ESHP of a turboprop engine is a measure of 涡桨发动机
的 ESHP 计量
A. Turbine inlet temperature
B. Shaft horsepower and jet thrust
C. Propeller thrust only
B
6.what action should be taken when cleared for approach
while……
A.descend to min vector altitude
B.remain at last assigned altitude until establish on published
route segment
C.descend to initial approach fix altitude
B X
7 (AA).Where is a common location for an inversion? 逆温
层一般存在于
A. Tropopause B.Stratosphere C. Base of cumulus clouds
(B)
7(BB). The section of the atmosphere surrounding the
earth and closest to surface is called 紧贴地球表面的大气是
A. troposphere B. stratosphere C. tropopause
A
7(CC).Where is the usual location for an inversion? 逆温层
一般在
A. in the stratosphere;
B. at the base of cumulus clouds;
C. at the tropopause;
A.
8 .What is the reason for variations of geometric pitch
along a propeller or rotor blade?螺旋桨或旋翼桨叶角改变的
目的是
A. It prevents the portion of the blade near the Huber root from
stalling during cruising flight
B. It permits a relatively constant angle of incidence along its
length when in cruising flight
C. It permits a relatively constant angle of attack along its length
when in cruising flight
(C)
9 .Which feature is associated with the tropopause?对流层
顶的特点是
A. Absobite upper limit of could formation
B. Absence of wind and turbulence
C. Abrupt charge of and lapse rate
(C)
10.Which maximum range factor decrease as weight
decrease? 重量减轻,哪个最大航程参数减小
A. Airspeed B. Angle of attack C. Altitude
A
11.Upon which factor does wing loading during a level
coordinated turn in smooth air depend?稳定空气中无侧滑平
飞时,机翼载荷决定于
A. Angle of bank B. Turn airspeed C. Rate of turn
(A)
12.Airport not listed in a proscribed take-off weather and
does not have the minimum take-off 机场没有公布起飞最低
标准时,采用
A.270m-1600m B.240m-3200m C.300m-800m
B.
13.Which weather condition is defined as an anticyclone?
那种天气状况称为反气旋
A.COL B. Calm C. High pressure area
C.
14.Which type frontal system is normally crossed by the
Jet stream?哪种类型的锋面系统有急流穿过
A. Cold front and warm front
B. Warm front
C. Occluded front
C.
15.Which arctic flying hazard is caused when a cloud layer
of uniform thickness overlies a snow or ice covered
surface 北极地区厚度均一的云层和覆盖地面的冰雪连成一体,
将带来什么飞行危害
A. Whiteout B. Blowing snow C. Ice fog
A
16.When setting the altimeter, pilot should disregard 高度
表设定时,飞行员可以不考虑
A. Corrections for static pressure systems
B. Effects of nonstandard atmospheric temperatures and
pressures
C. Corrections for instrument error
(B)
17.What criteria determine which engine is the "critical"
engine of a twin-engine airplane?确定双发飞机关键发动机的
标准是
A. The one with the center of thrust closest to the centerline of
the fuselage.
B. The one with the center of thrust farthest from the centerline
of the fuselage.
C. The one designated by the manufacturer, which develops
most usable thrust.
A(一个中心 closest to)
18.When the gross weight is increased 当飞机全重增大时
A. Induced drag increases more than parasite drag
B. Both parasite and induced drag are equally increased
C. Parasite drag increases more than induced drag
(A)
19.Which type jet stream can be expected to cause the
greater turbulence 哪种类型的高空急流会引起严重颠簸
A.A jet stream associated whither wide isotherm spacing
B.A straight jet stream associated with a high-pressure ridge
C.A curring jet stream associated with a deep low pressure
through
(C)
20.What type weather changes is to be expected in an area
where frontolysis is reported?报告有锋生的地区天气会如何
变化
A. The frontal weather becoming stronger
B. The front is moving at a faster speed
C. The front is dissipating
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material 270 题全+680 题截选
第 2 页 共 14 页 2
(C)
22.When saturated air moves downhill, it‟s temperature
increases 饱和空气沿山坡下移,温度升高
A. At a faster rate than dry air because of the release of latent
heat
B. At a slower rate than dry air because condersation release
heat
C. At a slower rate than dry air because vaporization uses heat
(C)(慢,干。用。热)
23.What procedure is recommended for an engine-out
approach and landing?发动机失效进近着陆时,推荐使用什么
飞行程序
A. The altitude and airspeed should be consider higher than
normal throughout the app
B. The flight path and procedures should be almost identical to
a normal app and landing
C.A normal approach except do not extend the landing gear or
flaps until over the runway threshowd
(B)
24.What effect if any will landing at a
higher-than-recommended touchdown speed have on
hydroplaning 接地速度大,对打滑/滑水有什么影响
A. increase hydroplaning potential regard less of braking
B. no effect on hydroplaning,but increase landing roll
C. reduce hydroplaning potential if having braking is applied
(A)
25.How should a pilot describle break action?飞行员怎么描
述刹车效应
A. 00 percent ,50 percent,75 or 100 percent
B. zero-zero fifty-fifty or normal
C. poor medium or good
(C)
26.Assuming that all ILS components are operating and
the required visual references are not acquired, the missed
approach should be initiated upon 如果 ILS 设施工作正常,
但未获得目视参考,何时开始复飞
A. Arrival at the visual descent point
B. Expiration of the time listed on the approach chart for missed
approach
C. Arrical at the DH on glide slope
(C)
27.When does ATC issue a STAR?管制员什么时候发布 STAR
A. only when ATC deems it appropriate
B. only upon request of the pilot
C. only to high priority flights
(A)
28.Which atmospheric factor causes rapid movement of
surface fronts?哪个大气要素引起锋面快速移动
A. upper low located directly ocer the surface low
B. upper winds blowing accross the front
C. The cold front overtaking and lifting the warm front
(C)
29.Which condition are necessary for the formation of
slope fog?下坡雾形成的必要条件是
A.A clear sky calm 100%相对湿度
B.层云下雨 and a 10-25-knot wind moving the precipitation up
the slope
C. Moist stable air being moved over gradually rising ground by
a wind
(C)
30.frost most likely form on aircraft surface 飞机表面最易结
霜的条件是
A. on overcast nights with freezing drizzle precipitation
B. on clear nights with stable air and calm
C 晴朗的夜空,有对流运动,小的露点温度差
(B)
31.Which weather condition is present when the tropical
storm is upgraded to a hurricane or typhoon 热带风暴升级
为飓风或台风,将出现何种天气
A. Highest windspeed 100 knots or more
B. A clear area or hurricane eye has formed
C. Sustained winds of 65 knots or more
(C)
32Which primary source contains information regarding
the expected weather at the destination airport at the EAT?
哪种主要情报资料包含飞机预达目的地机场的天气条件
A. Radar Summary and weather Depiction charts
B. low-level prog chart
C. Terminal Aerodrome forecast
(C)
33.Isobars on a surface weather chart represent line of
equal pressure 地面天气图上的等压线代表___压力相等的线
A. at agiven atmospheric pressure
B. at the surface
C. reduce to sea level
(C)
34.What effect if any does altitude have on Vmc for an
airplane with unsupercharged engines?对于非增压飞机发动
机,高度变化对 Vmc 有何影响
A. Decrease with altitude Increase
B. None
C. Increase with altitude
(A)
35.. Which of following should be reported without ATC
request as a compulsory report?下列哪个是无需管制要求就
要执行的强制报告
A. passengers on board
B. ordering galley supplies
C. when an approach has been missed.
C X
36.Which conditions result in the formation of frost?什么条
件导致结霜
# Temperature of the collecting surface is below the dew-point
and the dew-point is also below freezing
37.When are inboard ailerons normally used?通常何时使用
内侧副翼
A. Low-speed flight only.
B. High-speed flight only.
C. Low-speed and high-speed flight.
C X
38. What is the safest and most efficient takeoff and initial
climb procedure in a light twin-engine airplane? Accelerate
to 轻型双发飞机最安全有效的起飞和初始爬升程序是?加速到
A. best engine out rate of climb airspeed while on the ground
the lift off and climb airspeed.
B.Vmc then lift off at that speed and climb at most angle of
climb airspeed.
C. An airspeed slightly above VMC the lift off and climb at
the best rate of climb airspeed.
(C)
39. When a temporary replacement is received for an
airman's certificate, for what maximum time is this
document valid?航空人员临时执照的最长有效期是
A.60 days. B.90 days. C.120 days.
C X
40.What is the primary cause of all changes in the Earth‟s
weather?引起地球天气变化的主要原因是
A. change in air pressure over Earth’s surface;
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material 270 题全+680 题截选
第 3 页 共 14 页 3
B. Variation of solar energy at surface;
C. Movement of air mass from moist areas to dry areas.
(B)
41. where is the normal location of the jetstream relative to
surface lows and front? 高空急流通常位于地面低压和锋的
___
A. the jetstream is located over the low and crosses both the
warm front and the cold front
B. the jetstream is located north of the surface system
C. the jetstream is located south of the low and warm front
(B)
42.What term describes are elongated areas of lows
pressure? 狭长的低压区域叫做
A. hurricane or typhoon;
B. Ridge;
C. Trough
(C)
43.What is the highest speed possible without supersonic
flow over the wing? 不产生上翼面超音速气流时,飞机最高速
度是
A. critica mach No.;
B. initial suffer speed;
C. transonic index
A
44.Where is the critical altitude of a
supercharge-reciprocating engine? 涡轮增压活塞发动机的
临界高度是
A .the altitude at which maximum allowable BMEP can be
obtained;
B.the highest altitude at which a desired manifold pressure can
be obtained;
C.highest altitude where the mipfure can be leaned to best
power ratio;
B
45.In addition to the localizer; glide slope; marker beacons;
approach lighting and HIRL, which ground components
are required to be operative for a category II instrument
approach to a DH below 150 feet ACL? 除了航向台,下滑道,
指点标,进近灯和高强度跑道灯,二类盲降下降到 150 英尺以下
还需要哪些地面设施
A. TDZL,RCLS and RVR B. RCLS and REIL C. Rader and
RVR
(A)
46.Under what condition should stalls never be practiced
in a twin-engine airplane? 双发飞机何时不可进行失速
A. with one engine inoperative;
B. with full flaps and gear extended;
C. with climb power on
(A)
47.What is the difference between a visual and contact
approach 目视进近和雷达引导进近的区别是
A. both are the same but classfied according to the party
initiating the approach
B. A visual approath is an IFR authorization while a contact app
is a VFR….
C. A visual app is initiated by TAC while a contact is initiated by
the pilot
C.X
48.What weather difference is found on each side of a “dry
line”? „干线‟两侧天气的区别是
A. extreme temperature difference.
B. strut versus cumulus clouds.
C. Dew-point difference
C
49.Which area or areas of the northen hemisphere
experience a generally East to West movement of weather
system? 北半球那个区域天气系统从东往西移动
A. subtropical only B. Arctic only C. Arctic and subtropical;
C
50.Which weather will experience at the altitude where the
dew-point lapse rate and dry Adiabatic rate meet?露点下降
率和干绝热率相等的高度上会出现什么天气
A. precipitation starts;
B. cloud bases form;
C. stable air charge to unstable air;
B
51.In which meteorological condition can finite a low
pressure area from? 什么气象条件限制在低压区
A. warm front or occlouded fronts;
B. slow-moving cold front or stationary fronts;
C. cold front;
B
52.What conditions are indicated on a weather depiction
chart? 天气预报图上的信息有
A. actual sky cover visibility restrictions and type of
precipiteition at reporting stations;
B. actual en route weather conditions between reporting
station;
C. for case ceilirgs and visibilities over a large geographic area.
A
53.Constant pressure analysis charts contain air tours is
others some contain isobars the contours depict? 等压面
图上除了标绘有等压线外还有
A. high lows troughs and ridges on the surface;
B. ridges lows troughs and high aloft;
C. highs lows troughs and ridges corrected to MSL
B
54.Weather feature occurs at altitude levels near the
tropopause can? 对流层顶附近飞行时天气特点是
A. abrupt temperature of the tropopause;
B. thin layers of cirrus clouds at the tropopause level;
C. maximum wind and narrow wind shear zone;
C
55.Which event usually occurs after an aircraft passes
through a front into the colder air?飞机从锋面进入冷空气将
会
A. atmosphere pressure increase;
B. temperature dew point decrease;
C. wind direction shifts to the left
A
56.Which type wind flows down slope become warmer and
dry?哪种风下坡会变得干热
A. volley wind B. loud breeze C. katabatic wind.
C
57. The Embedded thunderstorm is suddenly and violently?
隐藏雷暴来势迅猛的条件是
A.The thunderstorm is suddenly and violently the are obscured
by other type of clouds;
B.The thunderstorm is suddenly and violently the are predicted
to develop in a stable air mass;
C.The serious thunderstorm is suddenly and violently the are
embed a squall line
A
58.A prognostic charts depicts the condition. 预报图标绘
___条件
A. exsting at the surface during the past 6 months;
B. which pressure from front the 1000 miniburt though 700
C. forcast to exist at specific time in the future shown on the
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material 270 题全+680 题截选
第 4 页 共 14 页 4
chart;
C
59.what is a feature of a stationary front?静止锋的特点是
A.surface winds tends to flow parallel to the zone
B.weather conditions ate a combination of strong wind front
C.the warm front surface moves abort half the spead of the cold
front
A
60.where is the usual location of a thermal low?热带低压通
常位于
A. over the surface of a dry sunning region
B. over the eye of a hurricane
C. over the anti region
A
61.which condition produce weather on the side of a large
lake?哪种条件将在大型湖泊附近形成天气
A. cold air flowing over a warmer lake may produce advection
fog
B. warm air flowing over a colder lake may produce advection
fog
C. warm air flowing over a colder lake may produce rain shower
B
62.which term applies when the temperature of the air
change by compression of expansion with no heat added
or removed?无热量传递时压缩空气,空气温度变化的术语是
A. katabatic B. advection C. adiabatic
C
63.where do squall lines most often develop?飚线最易产生
在
A. behind a station front
B. ahead of a cold front
C. in a occlauded front
B
64. atmosphere pressure change due to a TS will be at the
lowest value?何时雷暴活动引起的气压最低
A. during the downdraft and heavy rain showers
B. when the TS is approaching
C. immediately after the rain shower have stopped
B
65.what weather is predicted by the term Vcts in a TAF 航站
天气报上 VCTS 含义是
A. between 5 and 25 km
B. within 50 km
C. TS are expected in the vicinity
C
66.CAT turbulance most likely encountered 最可能遭遇晴空
颠簸
A. constant pressure chart show 20 kt less than 60 NM apar
B. constant pressure chart show 20 kt less than 60 kt apar
C. constant pressure chart show 20 kt less than 20 kt
A
67.which primary source contains informations regardings
the expected weather at destination Airport at ETA?什么资
料包含预达预达着陆机场时的天气情报
A. radar summary and weather depiction charts
B. TAF
C. low-level prog chart
B
68.the jestream usually cross which front?急流通常穿越那
种锋
A. cold front B. warm front C. occlusion front
C
69.“FAI L OPERATIONAL” means fault, roll the autopilots,
will disengage if a fault is tested in one of them leaving the
aircraft in a passive state of trim? „失效操作‟意味着测试到将
飞机置于被动状态的自动驾驶仪操作时将脱开自动驾驶仪?
A. False B. Depends C. True
A
70.Which take-off climb segment is limited to 5 minutes at
MCT?哪个起飞爬升阶段限制 MCT 使用 5 分钟
A.2nd
B. 3rd
C. 1st
B
71. Which take-off climb segment is the most critical?哪个
起飞爬升阶段最关键
A. 1st B. 3rd C. 2nd
C
72. The human body is comfortable at normal temperatures.
When the relative humidity is? 相对湿度多少时在常温下人体
最舒服
A. 60-80% B. 40-60% C. 20-30%
B
73. Which statement is correct about conditional waypoint?
关于条件航路点的叙述哪个正确
A. they are event defined by geographically fix position, by
radial and distance
B. there are four type passing through altitude radial DME dist
intercept course
C. they can be entered manually by the flight crew
B
74. Roll out mode become armed 何时滚动模式预位
A. when the glide slope is captured
B. when the second auto pilot switch is pushed
C. when aircraft pass 1500ft radio altitude
B
75. Provisional or modified route are displayed as 临时或修
改的航路显示为
A. a solid white line B. a dashed white line C. a dashed
magenta line
B
76. the approach climb performance with the critical
engine failed is?关键发动机失效的进近爬升性能是
A. 1.3VS and 2.1 % 2.3% and 2.4% for 2. 3 .and 4 engines
B. 1.2 VS and 2.1 % 2.3% and 2.4% for 2. 3 .and 4 engines
C. 1.5 VS and 2.1 % 2.3% and 2.4% for 2. 3 .and 4 engines
C
77. Under the Homes-ache scale, the most stressful life
event is 压力最大的家庭问题是
A. death of spouse B. pregnancy C. jail term
A
78. A diffuser is 分散体是
A. divergent duct and causes gas expansion
B. Convergent duct and causes gas expansion
C. Clivergtnt duct and causes gas compression
A
79.The use of a higher flap setting for takeoff will 起飞襟翼
角度大将导致
A. Lengthen both the take-off run and the second and third
take-off climb segments.
B. Shorten the take-off run and the second the second but
lengthen the third take-off climb Segment.
C. Shorten the take-off run but lengthen the second and
third take-off climb segments.
C
80. On approach to a long thin runway with rising terrain
towards the threshold with provide which of the following
apparent visual effects 向一条狭长下坡的跑道进近时,将出现
以下哪种目视进近效果
A. No effect a normal approach path will be experienced
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material 270 题全+680 题截选
第 5 页 共 14 页 5
B. Overshooting
C. Overshoot than undershoot when on short final
C
81. The ideal pilot is 理想的飞行员是
A. More person directed than goal directed
B. More goals directed than person directed
C. Both person and goal directed
C
82.A strong wind shear can be expected 何时遇到强风切变
A. if the 50 is other are spaced 100Nm or closer together
B. where the horizontal windshear is 25kt in a distance equal to
2.50 lorgitade
C. A strong wind shear can be expected on the low pressure
side of a 100 knots at stream core
C
83.what is the normal procedure for IFR departures at
locations with pretax clearance program? 滑出前 IFR 离场
程序通常为
A. Pilots request IFR clearance when ready to taxi, pilots will
receive taxi clearance, the receive IFR clearance while taxiing
or on the runway.
B. Pilots request IFR clearance 10’or less prior to taxi, then
request taxi clearance from ground control.
C. Pilots request IFR clearance when ready to taxi, the pilot will
receive taxi instruction with clearance.
B
84.avoiding smoking and alcohol and exercising regularly
reduce the likelihood of developing with disease?不吸烟喝
酒并且有规律的锻炼可以降低何种疾病的发生率
A. Osteo-arthritis B. Cardiac-vascular C. Gout
B
85.perception involves creation of mental models of the
outside world which are based 知觉涉及外界世界思维模型的
形成,这些模型基于
A. Entirely on experience and expectation
B. Mainly on sensory information but also on experience and
expectation to some degree
C. Entirely on sensory information
B
86、A PROB4(PROB ability)HHhh group in an TAF
indicates the probability of? TAF上PROB4 HHhh组指示___
的可能性
A. Precipitation or low visibility
B. Ts or high wind
C. Ts or other precipitation
C
87.the approximate percentage of oxygen at ground level
is 近地面空气中氧气含量百分比为
A. 20% B. 15% C. 41%
A
88.a rheostat (可变电阻器)is
A. A temperature indicator
B. A remote automatic manual switch
C. A temperature control device
B
89.V2 or initial climb speed must not be
A. More than the take off safety speed
B. Less than 1.2 Vs1
C. More than 1.1 Mac
B
90.isobars on a surface weather chart represent lines of
equal pressure 地面天气图上的等压线代表___气压等值线
A. At the surface
B. Reduced to sea level
C. At a given atmospheric pressure altitude
B
91.what is some characteristic of an airplane loaded with
the CG at the aft limit?飞机重心靠后,操纵特点是
A. Lowest stall speed, highest cruise speed and least stability
B. Highest stall speed, highest cruise speed and least stability
C. Lowest stall speed; lowest cruise speed and highest stability
A(组合拳)
92.TODA must exceed TODR in order to
A. Increase V2 B. Decrease Vr C. Allow use of degrade
thrust
C
93.micro switch is an assembly 微型电门是个____组件
A. Which has a very small movement to make or break a circuit
B. Used for instrument contact only
C. Used where one side of the structure is inaccessible
A(用过的不要)
94.a prognostic chart depicts the condition 预报图标绘____
天气状况
A. Only when ATC deems it appropriate the 1000mb through
the 100mb level
B. Forecast to exist at a specific time in the future
C. Existing at the surface during the past 6 hours
B
95.what minimum information does an abbreviated
departure clearance “cleared as filed ” include?简明放行许
可中„按照申报放行‟至少包含哪些信息
A. Clearance limit and en route altitude
B. Destination airport en route altitude and SID, if appropriate
C. Clearance limit en route altitude and SID, if appropriate
B(没有限制)
96.the effectiveness of the trim tab is 配平调整片的效用
A. Proportional to the speed
B. Not proportional to the speed in any way
C. Proportional to the square of the speed
C
97.As large jet transport aircraft climbs above FL340 as
fuel burns off, the IAS turbulence penetration speed will 大
型喷气机随着燃油消耗爬升到 FL340 以上,穿越颠簸气流的指
示空速将
A. Increase B. Decrease C. Remain the same
B
98.as static temperature increases at the same altitude,
which N1 held constant 同高度大气静温升高,N1 不变
A. TAS increase and SFC decrease
B. TAS and SFC both increase
C. TAS decrease and SFC increase
C
99.the physiological for respiration is 呼吸的生理作用是
A. The already concentration of carbon dioxide
B. The arterial concentration of oxygen
C. The arterial concentration of carbon dioxide
B
100.when flying orientation is most reliably determined
through information sensed by the 通过何种感官信息确定飞
行空间定向最可靠
A. Somatic sensory system B. Visual system C. Vestibule
apparatus
B
101.sinus barotraumas is most likely to occurred during 飞
行哪个阶段最易发生气压性耳压
A. Descend
B. Takeoff from a high altitude
C. Level flight in turbulence
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material 270 题全+680 题截选
第 6 页 共 14 页 6
A
103 Under what condition may air carrier pilot continue an
instrument approach to the DH, after receiving a weather
report indicating that less than minimum published
landing condition exist at the airport 天气报告表明机场的天
气条件低于公布的着陆最低标准,什么条件下航空运输飞行员可
以继续仪表进近至决断高
A. If the instrument approach is conducted in a radar
environment
B. When the weather report is received after the pilot has
begun the final approach segment of the instrument approach
C. When the weather report is received as the pilot passes the
FAF
B
104. When recovering from a spin the pilot should first 螺
旋改出时飞行员应首先
A. Reduce the angle of attach
B. Increase the drag yawing moment
C. Oppose the auto rotation?
B
105. When may a pilot descend below 100 feet above the
touchdown zone elevation during a categoryII ILS
instrument approach when only the approach lights are
visible?只有进近灯光可见,二类盲降进近时飞行员何时可以下
降至距接地标高 100 英尺以下
A. When the RVR is 550m on more
B. After passing the visual decent point
C. When the red terminal ban of the approach light system are
in sight
C
106. Which statement below is incorrect regarding the auto
throttle?关于自动油门以下哪个说法错误
A. It can be engaged during VNAV operations
B. It can be engaged in N1 and SPD modes
C. A/T operates whenever a MCP FD mode is selected,
irrespective of the A/T switch position
C
107. Air pressure will be at the lowest value 什么时候气压最
低
A. During the downdraft and heavy rain showers
B. Immediately after the rain showers have dropped
C. When the thunderstorm is approaching
C
108. During multi auto pilot approaches, bus isolation
occurs at:多套自动驾驶仪进近时,汇流条隔断发生在
A. 500 ft AGL B. 1000 ft AGL C. 1500 ft AGL
B
109. The following winds would result in the use of which
approach speeds. 330/20 G30 temp 370and 270/10 风向 330
风速 20 节/阵风 30 节/温度 37 和风向 270 风速 10 节时,应使用
的进近速度分别为
A.VREF +20 and VREF +10
B.VREF +15 and VREF + 5
C.VREF +20 and VREF + 5
C
110. how does aroused affect performance?
A.affected in overload but not underload
B.affected in underload but not overload
C.both affected
C X
111. A temperature of 45℃ is___(K=C+273 / F=C*1.8+32)
A. 57o F or 273o k B. 113o F or 273o K
C. 57o F or 318o K D. 113F or 318k
D
112.What will be the ratio between airspeed and lift if the
angle of attack and other factors remain constant and
airspeed is doubled? lift will be 迎角和其他参数不变,空速加
倍,升力将
A. The same. B. Two times greater. C. Four times greater.
C X
113. V2 or rotation speed must not be
A. Less than V1 B. More than Vmca C. Less than VMCG +20
kits
A
114. when thrust reversers are not available ASDA must be
increase by 反推无法使用,加速停止可用距离必须增加
A.a distance equal to half of the clearway
B.10%
C.200 meters
B X
115At which speed will dynamic hydroplanding begin if tire
has pressure 70?胎压 70,飞机多大速度开始动态滑水
A. 75 knots B. 85 knots C.80 knots
A
116. ATC request “VERIFY 2700m” and the plane is at
FL2400m 管制要求核实 2700 米,而飞机在 2400 米高度层,则
飞行员应
A. report and maintain 2400m
B. report and maintain 2700m
C. Limit climb to 2700
A
118.A pilot should not fly with a common cold. What drug
cause side effects related to the common cold?感冒时飞行
员不可飞行。什么感冒药物有副作用?
A anti-histamines causing drowsiness
B tranquilizers increase pilot fatigued
C auribiotics causing diarrniea
A
119. Age-related hearing losses is called?和年龄相关的听力
下降叫做
A. Presbycusis B. Presbyopia C. Presbyterianism
A
120. which statement is correct regarding holding pattern
and procedure turns that are displayed on the EHSI screen
关于 EHSI 上显示的等待程序和程序转弯,下列哪个说法正确?
A. active holding patterns and procedure turn are shown in
magenta inactive in blue and modified in white
B. active holding patterns and procedure turn are displayed in
white in magenta and modified in blue
C. active holding patterns and procedure turn are turn in blue
inactive in magenta and modified in white
A X
121. when using the Earth‟s horizon as a reference point
to determine the result position of other aircraft most
concern would be for aircraft 用地平线作参考确定其他飞机
的位置时,要特别注意___飞机
A. On the horizon and increasing in size
B. On the horizon which little relative movement
C. Above the horizon and increase in size
A
122. The relative humidity will be 100% when 何时相对湿度
100%?
A. Dew point<dry bulb
B wet bulb and dry bulb equal
C. Dew point>dry bulb
B
123. While being vectored to the final app course of an IFR
app when may the pilot descend to published altitude?雷达
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material 270 题全+680 题截选
第 7 页 共 14 页 7
引导切入 IFR 最后进近航段时,飞行员何时可以下降至公布的高
度
A. When the flight is within the 10mile ring of a published app
B. Only when app control clears the flight for app
C. Anytime the flight as on a published leg of an app chart
B
124. A pilot engaged in a prolonged constant bank and in a
balanced turn will perceive himself to be flying?长时间保持
恒定坡度做协调转弯,飞行员将感觉
A. at a constant angle of bank
B. in a turn in the apposite direction
C. straight and level
C
125. the water vapor held in unsaturated air is 不饱和空气中
水汽
A. Invisible always
B. Visible always
C. Visible only if temperature is low enough
A
126. Modern airplanes of sweptback wing with large
proportion of fuel stored in two wings reducing fuel
contents in wing tanks will result in 现代后掠翼飞机将大量燃
油装载于机翼中,燃油减少将导致
A. A rearwar movement of CG as fuel is burning
B. A forward movement of CG as fuel is burning
C. no CG movement
B
127. pilots should notify controller on initial contact that
they have received two ATIS broadcast by收到两条通播的飞
行员应在初始联络时报告管制员,方法是
A. Repeating two alphabetical code word appended to
broadcast
B. Stating “have number”
C. Stating “have weather”
A
128. which event usually occurs after an aircraft passes
through a front into the colder air 飞机穿过锋面进入冷空气后
通常发生什么情况
A. temperature dew point decrease
B. atmosphere pressure increase
C. wind direction shifts to the left
B
129. The most common cause of in flight in expectation of
flight crew is 飞行中飞行机组最易患
A. Heart attack B. Gastroenteritis C. Fatigue
A
130. What is the primary purpose of STAR? STAR 主要作
用是
A. Simplify clearance delivery procedures
B. Provide separation between IFR and VFR traffic
C. Decrease traffic congestion at certain airports
A
131. How far from the threshold will you land if you are 100‟
high over the landing threshold?跑道入口高度 100 英尺,则
飞机在距离跑道___处着陆
A. 3000’ B. 1000’ C. 2000’
C
133. The weather condition that meet minimum
requirements for an air carrier to take off from an alternate
airport that is not listed in the operations specification are
未列在运行说明中的从备降机场起飞的最低天气标准是
A. 240-3200m 270-2400 300-1600
B. 240-2400m 270-2700 300-3000
C. 240-1600 270-2400 300-3200
A
*134. If during flight in one-time, you sense a descending
turn to the left, the most important action to take is to 如果
飞行中感觉下降左转,须采取的最重要的行动是
A. Keep your heard stulto reduce any disorienting sensations
B. Hand over control of the aircraft go another crew member
C. Monitor the aircraft’s artificial attitude instruments
C
135. If whilst flying at 30000ft,the aircraft suddenly
depressurize, the most common symptom experienced by
all persons on board would be 如果 30000 英尺飞行时飞机突
然释压,机上人员最普遍出现的是
A.sudden inhalation B.sudden exhalation C. Abdominal pain
B
136. The main function of hemoglobin is to 血红细胞的主要
作用
A. Carry carbon dioxide around to body
B. Carry oxygen around to body
C. Carry carbon dioxide around to body
B
137.Optic barotraumas means that gas is trapped in the 气
压性创伤指的是气体堵到
A. Gut B. Sinuses C. Middle ear
C
138. A pilot showing the symptoms of dizziness, tingling at
the fingertips 飞行员出现头晕/指尖发麻症状表明
A. Hypoxia B. Hypertension C. Hyperventilation
C
139. If a … completes similar difficulty few day later should
experience
A. Greater stress B. Less stress C. About the same degree
stress
B
140. Before plates in wing fuel cells prevent 机翼油箱划分小
格是为了防止
A. Fuel coving frond our tank to another during turbulent flight
B. Over pressure in the fuel tank
C. movement of the fuel (cruising) in the tank during
acceleration/deceleration and in turbulence
C
141 The part of the eye which bends incoming light the
most is the 使进入眼睛的光线弯曲最大的是
A. refractive disc B. lens C. cornea
B
142.The time of the day when the earth‟s surface gives off
the greatest amount of terrestrial radiation is 地球表面辐射
最强是在一天中的
A. A few hours before midnight B. At sunset C.Mid afternoon
C.X
143. What factor is the demonstrated all engines take off
distance increase to determine a TODR 全发起飞演示距离变
为多少即为起飞所需距离
A. 1.15 B. 1.2 C. 2
A
144.the effect of clearway on take off performance is 净空道
对于起飞性能的作用是
A. Increases TODR B. Increases TODA C. Decreases ASDA
B
145.the net gradients required in the second segment are
2/3/4 发飞机起飞第二段净爬升梯度要求
A.1.6%,1.8%,2% B.2.4%, 2.7%,3% C.2.1%, 2.2%,2.3%
B
146.In two international Terminal Aero F (TAT)
A. VRB 00KT B. 00000KT C. 00003KT
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material 270 题全+680 题截选
第 8 页 共 14 页 8
B
147. With age, the lens of eye generally becomes. 随年龄增
长,眼睛晶状体通常会变
A. Cracked B. Too stiff C. Too elastic
B
148.the purpose of dilating ethylene glycol deicing fluid
with water in non-precipitation condition is to 无降雨时使用
稀释的乙烯乙二醇除冰液的目的是
A. Varies the eutectic point
B. Increase the minimum freezing point (outset of on
stallzation)
C. Decrease the freeze point
C
149.what is the result when water vapor changes of the
liquid state while being lifted in a thunderstorm?雷暴中水汽
上升并液化的结果是 .latent heat is released to the
atmosphere
151.which is the correct symbol for design cruising speed
设计巡航速度的符号是 Vc
152.what does the waste gate of a turbine-reciprocating
engine control?涡轮增压活塞发动机的废气活门控制
A supercharger gear ratio
B Exhaust gas discharge.
C Throttle opening
B
153.if visual reference is lost while circling to land from an
instrument approach what actions should the pilot take. 仪
表进近盘旋着陆时失去目视参考,飞行员应该
make a climb turn toward the landing runway…..;
154. In the absence of visual cues, the resting focal length,
of the eye is approximately?无目视物体,松弛的眼睛的焦距
变为大约
C 1-2m
155.the vestibule apparatus of the body comprises 人体的
前庭器官包括 C. Otoliths and semicircular canals
157.气象报中“INTSF”表示加强,“WKN”表示减弱,“NOSIG”表
示无重大变化
158.ATIS . have temperature
159.where is the jet stream normally located? 高空急流通常
位于
A. In areas of strong low-pressure system in the troposphere
B. In a single condition.
C. At the tropopause intensified temperature
gradients…located
C.X
160.what is the minimum glycol content of type 2 deicing
anti-icing fluid?二类除冰防冰液的乙二醇最低含量为
A. 80 percent B. 50 percent C. 30 percent
B
161.What action should be taken by a crew member
following a sudden decompression at 35000 feet?35000 英
尺高空机舱突然释压后机组马上采取的措施是
A. Deploy passenger oxygen mask
B. Don on an oxygen mask
C. Make immediate descent
B
162.Which af the following statements correctly describers
the alleviation of the effects of hypoxia at cabin altitudes
about 10000ft without the use of supplemental oxygen?座
舱高度 10000 英尺无供氧时,关于减轻缺氧症的下列陈述那个正
确
A. rapid shallow breathing
B. the effects cannot be alleviated
C. slow deep breathing
B
163. What percentage of aircraft accidents have been
deemed to have been directly attributed to human
factors-rated related causes?认为因素引起的飞行事故比例
为
A. 80-90% B. about 75% C. 40-50%
B
164. how are haze layers cleared or dispersed?怎样使霾层
消散
A. by corvective mining in cool night air
B. by eveporation similer to the clearing of fog
C. by wind or the movement of air
C
165. A record of atmospheric temperature can be read for a
大气温度记录可从___读出
A. Barograph B. Thermogram C. Thermograph
B
166. What is the recommended technique to counter the
loss of airspeed and resultant lift from wind shear?为抵消
风切变引起的空速和升力损失,可采用什么方法
A. avoid overstressing the aircraft pitch to airspeed and apply
maximum power
B. lower the pitch attitude and regain lost airspeed
C. maintain or increase pitch attitude and accept the
lower-than-normal airspeed indicatiors
C
167.How long is needed for full dark adaptation?完全暗适应
需要多久
A. 10-20min B. 35-45min C. 20-30min
B
168.A good captain will encourage the copilot to use
communication styles which are?好机长会鼓励副驾驶采用
哪种交流方式
A. supportive and submissive
B. aggressive and supportive
C. assertive and supportive
B
169.A relay 继电器是
A. is a form of electro temperture sensing device
B. is a form of electro magnetic switch
C. is a form of electro mechanical switch
B
171. CAT associated with a mountain wave may extend as
far as 山地波引起的晴空颠簸可以延伸到
A. 1500m above the troposphere
B. 1000miles or more downstream of the moumtion
C. 100miles or more upwind
A
172. a smoker at 5000ft altitude experiences physiological
effects requirement to being a non smoker at ?吸烟者 5000
英尺的生理反应相当于非吸烟者什么高度的生理反应
A.15000ft B.10000ft C.5000ft
B
173.The eye moves in what are termed “saccades” jerks
and rests. In visual searching a saccade/rest cycle tsuacly
occupies roughly ?眼睛的活动方式为间歇性扫视和停留。目视
搜索时眼睛扫视的时间间隔为
A.0.3 s B.1.0 s C.3 s
C
174.Clear Air Turbulence can occur in windily different
cirurmstunces, but there are some features, which
generally hold true, which of the following is generally true?
多种有风情况产生晴空颠簸,但它们有共同特征,比如
A. If CAT is encountering a 1000’ altitude change is likely to be
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material 270 题全+680 题截选
第 9 页 共 14 页 9
sufficient to leave the CAT area.
B. There will probably a jet stream in the vicinity if CAT is
encountered.
C.CAT occurs more frequently over the water than land.
B
175.where do the maximum winds associated with the jet
stream usually? 急流的哪个方位通常风力最强
A. Below the jet core where a long straight stretch of the jet
stream is located
B. In the vicinity of breaks in the troposphere on the polar side
the jet cone.
C. on the equatorial side of the jet-stream where moisture has
formed airriform clouds.
B
176. When holding at an NDB at what point should the
timing begin for the second leg contain NDB 等待二边计时
从哪点开始
A.abeam the holding fix or when the wings are level after
completing the turn to the outbound heading whichever…(illus
first).
B.At the end of al-minute standard rate turn after station
passion
C.When abeam the holding fix
C
177.the high of the lowest cloud in the report
was?(BKN080)报告中最低云高是
A. 1000FL Agl B. 800FL Agl C. 8000FL Agl
C
178. A pilot who was worried about the condition of the left
engine in a twin-engine airplane experienced an engine
failure on take-off and feathered the left engine, only to find
that it was the right engine which failed. This pilot has
been a victim of 双发飞机起飞时飞行员怀疑左发失效后顺桨,
实际发现是右发失效,该飞行员犯了什么错误
A. expectancy producing a false hypothesis
B. expectancy producing a mental block
C. a motor program producing a false hypothesis
A(组合)
179.. Under which condition during the landing roll are the
main wheel brakes at maximum effectiveness? 着陆滑跑中
主轮刹车何时效用最大
A. When wing lift has been reduced.
B. At high ground speeds.
C. When the wheels are locked and skidding.
A X
180. A fuse may be replaced by the pilot:飞行员可以更换保
险丝的规定是
A.never, it must always be replaced by an engineer
B.only after consulting an engineer
C.once, then the engineer must be consulted
C
181. The eye adapts to difference level by 眼睛适应不同强度
的光线是通过
A.the lens becoming progressively opaque
B.chemical change in the retina
C.chemical change in the cornea
A
182.在一个机场中,___发布天气情况
A.签派 B.空管 C.机场当局
B.
183.国内航空器未经批准不能在多少高度以下,大于多少飞行
3000m 以下,250knot 以上
184. 在特忙的机场空域,按仪表飞行规则,须有正常接受机
A.VOR B.NDB C.ILS
A
185 . stop way 的要求
A.承受飞机的重量,无障碍物
B.承受飞机的重量,但可以不在跑道中线延长线上
C.承受飞机重量
A
186 .当远航高度降低时,其 TAS 应变
A.大 B.小 C.不
.B.X
最新 60 题部分:
187.a common symptom of carbon monoxide poisoning is
一氧化碳中毒的一般症状是
A.impairment of VIS
B.tingling hands and arms
C.decreased body temperature
A X
188.a mismatch between the real world and the mental
model is termed 真实世界和思维模型的差别叫做
A.an illusion B.an hallucination C.a dream
A X
189. 温度高,在 10800M, 密度高度和压力高度
A.impossible to determine without information on possible
inversion layers at lower altitude
B.lower than 压力高
C.higher than 压力高
C X
190 . generator voltage 发电机电压
A.is controlled by the voltage regulator
B.is controlled by the PRM of the engine
C.is controlled by number of magnetic poles
A X
191.in relation to accelerate stop distance certification
rules allow a period of time for engine failure recognition
and pilot reaction, how long is this period 确定加速停止距离
时,应考虑发动机失效判别和飞行员反应时间,该时间长度为
A.V1 plus 2 second B.2 sencond C.Vef until V1 plus 2
second
B X
192. an ATC „instruction‟ 管制指令/许可是
A.is a directive issued by ATC for the purpose of requiring a
pilot to take a specific action providing the safety of the aircraft
in not jeoparalized
B.is the same as an ATC clearance
C.must be read back in full to the controller and confirmed
before becoming effective
A X
193. the surface air temperature of a running will depend
on all of the following 场面温度取决于
A.airfield elevation, runway length and slope, airfield latitude
and wind
B.airfield elevation and latitude time of the year, time of day,
runway surface prevailing wind and cloud cover
C.airfield elevation runway length, prevailing wind and the time
of day
B X
194.the dew point temperature is higher when 当___时露点
温度升高
A.air is very warm and dry
B.air is very cold and moist
C.air is very moist
B. X
195.What altitude is a pilot authorized to fly when cleared
for an ILS approach 许可盲降进近时可以飞什么高度
A.must maintain the last assigned altitude established on a
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material 270 题全+680 题截选
第 10 页 共 14 页 10
published route or segment of the approach with published
altitudes
B.ma descend from the assigned altitude only when
established on the final approach course
C.may begin a descend to the procedure turn altitude
A X
196.when making a landing over darkened or featureless
terrain such as water or snow, a pilot be aware of the
possibility of illusion the approach may appear to be too
在比如水面或雪地这样黑暗或无特征地表着陆时,飞行员要小心
错觉,进近可能会看起来
A.shallow B.high C.low
B X
197.when must the pilot initiate a missed approach
procedure from an ILS approach 何时飞行员必须从盲降进近
开始复飞
A.when the time has expired after reaching the DH and the
runway environment is not clearly visible
B.at the DH, if the visual reference for the intended runway are
not destinaty visible or anytime thereafter that visual
reference is lost
C.at the DH when the runway is not clearly visible
B X
198. assurning that all ILS components are operating and
the required visual reference are not acquired the missed
approach should be initiated upon 如果所有盲降设施工作正
常,没有取得目视参考时应该何时复飞
A.expiration of the time listed on the approach chart for missed
approach
B.arrival at the DH on the glide slope
C.arrival at the visual descent point
B X
199.summer thunderstorm in the arctic region will
generally move 北极地区夏季雷暴的移动方向通常是
A.southwest to northeast with the jetstream flow
B.directly north to south with the low level polar airflow
C.northeast to southwest in polar easterlies
C X
200.dew point 露点温度
A.the temperature to which dry air must be cooled in order to
just reach saturation
B.the temperature at which a parcel at air reach super
satruature point, irrespective of pressure
C.the TEM to which saturated air must be cooled to produce
condensation
A X
201. when simultaneous ILS approach are in progress
which of the following should approach control be
advised of immediately 平行盲降进近时,出现下列哪种情况必
须立即报告进近管制员
a.if radar monitoring be desired to confirm lateral seporation
b.any inoperative of malfunction aircraft receivers
c.if a simultaneous ILS approach is desired
B X
202. with increase altitude at a constant IAS, TEM and
thrust respectively IAS 不变/高度增加,TEM 和推力分别
A.decrease and decrease
B.increase and decrease
C.decrease and increase
C X
203. engine bleed air is supplied to the air gap above the
fuel in the tanks primarily to 发动机排气进入油箱空间的主要
目的是
A.warm the fuel
B.ensure an adequate supply of fuel pressure is maintained to
the APU
C.prevent cavitation
C.X (发动机引气与 APU 没关系)
204. which type clouds maybe associated with the
jetstream 哪种云和急流有关
A.cirrus clouds on the equatorial side of the jetstream
B.cumulonimbus cloud line where the jetstream crosses the
cold front
C. cirostratus cloud bland on the polar side and under the
jetstream
A.X
205.when the forecast weather condition for destination
and alternate airport are considered marginal for a
domestic air carrier‟s operation, what specific action
should the dispatcher or pilot in command take 当目的机场
和备降机场天气处于国内航空运输运行的边界条件时,签派和机
长应
A.list at least one additional alternate airport
B.list an airport where the forecast weather is not marginal as
the alternate
C.add additional hour of fuel based on cruise power settings for
the airplane is use
A .X
206.Which of the following statements correctly describes
the effect resulting from exposure over many years to
aircraft engine noise有关多年经受发动机噪音影响的陈述哪个
正确
A.some loss of heaving may occur but total recovery will
eventually take place
B.a permanent loss heaving may occur
C.some loss of heaving may occur but it will last for only a few
minutes after each exposure
C X
207. when does min temperature normally occur during a
24 hours period 一天 24 小时中什么时间气温最低
A.about 1 hour before sunrise B.at midnight C.after sunrise
C X
208. what is the propose of the term “hold for release”
when included in an IFR clearence 仪表许可中发布„等待放
行‟的目的是
A.when an IFR cleance is received by telephone the pilot will
have time to precpave for take off prior to being release
B.a procedure for delaying departure for traffic volume weather
or need to issue further instructions
C.gate hold procedure are in effect and the pilot receives an
estimate of the time the flight will be released
B X(抓着释放。听指挥)
209. what is max allowable weight that may be carried on a
pallet which has the dimension of 148*125.2 inches?
Condition. floor load limit. 60. pound/sqft, pallet weight:197
pounds, tiedown device. 66pounds 货盘尺寸为 148×125.2
英寸,自重 197 磅,固定装置 66 磅,载荷限制 60 磅/平方英尺,
其最大载货重量为
A.25, 984.9 pound B.25, 987.9 C.25, 721.9
C X
210. A cockpit voice recorder must be operated 驾驶舱话音
记录器必须_____期间工作
A. from the start of the before starting engine checklist to
completion of final checklist upon termination of flight.
B. from the start of the before starting engine checklist to
completion of checklist prior to engine shutdown.
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material 270 题全+680 题截选
第 11 页 共 14 页 11
C. when starting to taxi for takeoff to the engine shutdown
checklist after termination of the flight.
A
211. A rise in carbon dioxide concentration in the blood
cause 血液中二氧化碳浓度增高,则
A. a reduction in respiration rate
B. an increase in respiration rate
C. an increase….
B
212. Doppler wind measurements indicate that the
windspeed change a pilot may expect when flying through
the peak intensity of a microburst is approximately 多普勒
雷达探测到空中风速变化,飞行员应明白穿越微下击暴流风速最
大强度约为
A. 45 kts B. 15 kts C. 25 kts
A
213. Grey out generally occurs at 灰视通常发生在
A. 3G B. +3GB. +2.5G C. +4.5G
A
214. In a bypass engine ,the bypass exhaust is 双涵道发动
机的外涵道排气
A. Always exhausted separately
B. Always mixed with the normal exhaust gas in the jet pipe
C. Sometimes mixed with the normal exhaust gases in the jet
pipe
C
215. In relation to take off performance V1 is the speed by
which 起飞性能参数 V1 是指
A. a decision has been made
B. retardation action is taken
C. a margin of 10% exists over Vmcg
A
216. TODR takes into account the ground distance to lift off
plus the air distance to reference zero, what is reference
zero? 起飞所需距离是地面滑跑距离加上到参考零点的空中距
离的总和,参考零点是
A. the distance at which landing gear restriction is initiated
B. the departure end of the runway
C. a point 35 ft above the take off surface
C
217. Tropical TS occurring in the hours just before down
are most likely to from 日落前数小时发生的雷暴最可能发生在
A. over coast waters with tendency…
B. inland in subcontinental area
C. over coastal land areas with…
A
218. Water is said to have a greater value of specific heat
as compared with the land, because 与陆地相比,水的比热更
大,原因是
A. it’s able to absorb more heat than the land, but has no
bearing on the rate of change in the temperature
B. it requires less heat be taken into change it temperature as
compared with the land
C. it equires more heat to increase it temperature than land
C
219. Which organic of the body sense(s) acceleration?身体
哪个器官感知加速
A. the vestibular apparatus
B. the Eustachian tabe
C. the tympanic membrane
A
220. What is a feature of super cold water?过冷水滴的特点
是
A. the unstable water drop freezes upon striking an exposed
object
B. the temperature of the water drop remains at 0˚C until it
impacts a part of airframe, then cleat ice accumulates
C. the water drop sublimates to an ice partied upon impact
A
221. How can the stability of the atmosphere be
determined?大气的稳定性取决于
A. Ambient temperature lapse rate.
B. Atmospheric pressure at various levels.
C. Surface temperature/dew point spread.
A X
222. Which place in the turbojet engine is subjected to the
highest temperature? 涡喷发动机哪个部分受热温度最高
A.Compressor discharge. B.Fuel spray nozzles. C.Turbine
inlet.
C X
223.. Where will the highest temperature in a turbojet
engine occur? 涡喷发动机的最高温度出现在
A. Turbine inlet. B. Compressor discharge. C. Fuel spray
nozzles.
A X
224. The flight time limitations established for flight
crewmembers include 机组成员飞行时间限制包括
A. only commercial flying in any flight crewmember position in
which CCAR 121 operations are conducted.
B. all flight time, except military, in any flight crewmember
position.
C. all commercial flying in any flight crewmember position.
C X (121 部说:不要所有的飞行时间)
225. "Do something quickly!", may be the expression of
pilots who have the following attitude?机组成员危险态度
A.Macho B.Invulnerability: C.Impulsively:
C X
226. Some hazardous attitudes may affect pilot decision
making. One of the characteristic of "Anti-authority" is 机组
成员危险态度
A. refuses to listen to the advice or suggestions of others
B. adopt all rules, regulations, and procedures as far as
possible
C. does the first thing that comes to mind.
A X
227. Group II aircraft are 组类二飞机是
A.Propeller driven aircraft
B.Turbojet aircraft
C.3/4 engine aircraft
B X
228. What are the line check requirements for the pilot in
command for a domestic air carrier?国内航空运输机机长的
航线检查要求是
A. The line check is required every 12 calendar months in one
of the types of airplanes to be flown.
B. The line check is required only when the pilot is scheduled to
fly into special areas and airports.
C. The line check is required every 12 months in each type
aircraft in which the pilot may fly.
A X
229.. Which of the following differs most greatly at the two
sides of the front?锋面两侧,差异最明显的是
A. wind speed B. air temperature C. air pressure
B X
230.. If the estimated time of departure is 1400 Beijing Time,
pilot should file flight plan at least before 预计离场时间北京
时间 1400,飞行员最晚在____申报飞行计划
A.1330 Beijing Time B.1300 Beijing Time C.1230 Beijing
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material 270 题全+680 题截选
第 12 页 共 14 页 12
Time
C X
231.. What effect does an uphill runway slope have upon
takeoff performance? 上坡跑道对起飞性能的影响
A.Increases takeoff distance.
B.Decreases takeoff speed.
C.Decreases takeoff distance.
A X
232.The Krueger flap extends from the leading edge of the
wing, increasing its 克鲁格襟翼在机翼前缘放出,增加机翼的
A. angle of attack B. camber C. energy
B X
234.A Land and Hold Short Operations (LAHSO) clearance,
that the pilot accepts:飞行员接受 LAHSO 许可后,应
A. Must be adhered to.
B. Does not preclude rejected landing.
C. Precludes a rejected landing.
B X
235.For a given angle of bank, the load factor imposed on
both the aircraft and pilot in a coordinated
constant-altitude turn 平飞协调转弯中,飞机迎角不变,载荷
因数
A. is directly related to the airplane's gross weight.
B. varies with the rate of turn.
C. is constant
C X
236.The flight crew learn that there is a stationary front
over their destination airport. Therefore, they can conceive
the present weather at the destination as.飞行机组获悉目的
机场有静止锋,因而可以预测目的机场天气为
A.cumulus, shower, thunderstorm , good visibility
B.stratus, light rain, poor visibility cause by low clouds or fog
C.cirrus, radiation fogs or strong turbulence.
B X
237. The symbol for the speed at which the critical engine
is assumed to fail during takeoff is 起飞中关键发动机失效的
速度符号为
A.V2. B.V1. C.VEF.
C X
238. The maximum speed during takeoff that the pilot may
abort the takeoff and stop the airplane within the
accelerate-stop distance is 起飞中断,飞机可以在加速停止距
离内停止的最大速度是
A.V2. B.VEF. C.V1.
C X
239. Where are position reports required on an 什么地方需
要位置报告
A. Over all designated compulsory reporting prints.
B. Only request by ATC.
C. When change altitude or advise of weather conditions.
A X
240. Which of the following is not correct?下列哪个陈述错
误
A. Solar radiation penetrates the atmosphere more readily than
terrestrial radiation6
B.The amount of solar radiation absorbed at the earth surface
is independent of the type of surface
C. Water vapour and carbon dioxide are important absorbers of
terrestrial radiation
A X
241. Haze can give the illusion that the aircraft is霾可以导致
错觉,看似飞机___
A. Closer to the runway that is actuall
B. Farther to the runway that is actuall
C. The same distance from the runway as that is no restriction
to visibility
B X
242. The support struts of the cone in the exhaust system
排气系统的圆锥支柱
A. Are sometimes used to straighten out the exhaust gases
B. Give the exhaust gases a swirl effect
C. Are fitted to support the cone only
A X
(243-247 为电报图题)
243. After 2100UTC the visibility is expected to reduce as
result of
A. Windespread dust B. Raised sand C.HAZE
C X
244. The maximum wind speed expected
A.25 B.15 C.12
B X
245. The wind forecast to changes at what time?
A.2030 B.1700 C.1830
A X
246. The mean wind speed at the time of the report was
A.Calm B.40KT C.20KT
B X
247. The tems “TEMPO” in this report apply to the
occurrence
A. Low cloud B. Thunderstorm with sand C. Reduced
visibility
B X
248. As gross weight decreases during the cruise max
range speed and specific air range will respectively 巡航时
全重减小,最大航程速度和航程分别将会
A. Decreases and increase
B. Increase and decreases
C. Decreases and decreases
B X
249. In a cla?? Shell door type thrust reverser system
when reverse is select the exhaust gases
A.90° B.30° C.45°
A X
250. What is the max pemrsible variation between the twe
bearing indictors on a dual VOR system. When checking
one VOR against the other?两套 VOR 交叉检查时最大允许误
差为
A. 6° in flight and 4° on the ground
B. 4° on the ground and in flight
C. 6° on the ground and in flight
B X
251. Assuring that appropriate Aero chart 谁确保随机携带适
用的航图
A. Airplane dispatcher B. Pilot in command C. Flight
navigator
B X
252. Under what condition is stall speed the highest?何时
失速速度最大
A. Gross weight is at Max allowable value
B. CG is at the most rearward
C. CG is at the most forward
C X
253. A stopway most be
A. Of sufficient strength to support the airplane weight and be
clear of obstacle
B. Of sufficient strength to support the airplane weight
C.……however is not required to be centrally located about the
extend centerline of runway
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material 270 题全+680 题截选
第 13 页 共 14 页 13
A X
254. Inversion illusion:倒翻错觉发生条件
**An abrupt change from a climb to straight
255. Coriolis illusion:
**An abrupt head movement
256. 飞行从目的机场飞到备降场还能飞多长时间备份燃油?
A.30 B.45 C.40
B X
257. 双发飞机一发停车,机长应采取哪些措施?
A.在最近能安全着陆机场的着陆。
B.宣布进入紧急情况,要求其他飞机避让。
C.降低高度飞行。
A X
258. 特别繁忙的机场空域仪表飞行,必须要有___接受机:
A.NDB B.ILS C.VOR
C X
259. 机场区域内最低安全高度:
**平原+(300 米),丘陵、山区+(600 米)
260. 121 部规定飞行员年飞行时间不超过 1000 小时。
261. 在无明确规定的机场起飞,双发飞机能见度不小于(1600)
米,三发或以上飞机能见度不小于(800)米。
262. 着陆外形失速速度 VSO
263. 从一航空公司转到另一航空公司要进行:新雇员训练
264. 如果局方认为某人有可能违反本条(a)(3)项的规定,此人应
当根据局方的要求,将其担任或试图担任机组成员之后 4 小时内
所做的每次体内药物测试的结果提供给局方。
265. 进入机场区域或加入起落航线高度不得低于离地高度 1500
英尺(450 米)。
266. 飞行记录器拆下后,还可进行多少天的非商用取酬飞行?
15 天。
267. 高度表及高度报告交流应在几个月内进行测试和检查?24
个月。
268. 飞机类别昼间目视飞行到预定点着陆,按续航速度等待至
少飞 30 分钟。
269.除直升机外,只有能见度不小于多少才能按 VFR 起飞着陆?
1600 米。
270.在私用大型航空器上,担任驾驶员至少取得商照。
680 道英文题 (截选) 13..Which condition will for the formation of radiation fog?
A. Moist, stable air being moved over gradually rising ground by
a wind.
B. A clear sky, little or no wind,and high relative humidity.
C. Moist air moves over colder ground or water.
B X
18.. In the Northern hemisphere, if a pilot makes a
long-distance flight from east to west, under which of the
following conditions, (接正文 encounter against the wind
forming by air pressure system?)
A. when the airplane is in the south of high pressure system
and in the north of low pressure system.
B. When the airplane is in the north of high pressure system
and in the south of low pressure system.
C. When the airplane is in the north of high pressure and low
pressure systems .
B X
39.. [Refer to Figures 4-46, 4-47 and 4-48.] What is the ETE
from Chicago Midway Airport to Greater Buffalo Intl?
A.2 hours 12 minutes.
B.2 hours 15 minutes.
C.2 hours 18 minutes.
A X
68.When are outboard ailerons normally used?
A.Low-speed flight only.
B.High-speed flight only.
C.Low-speed and high-speed flight.
A X
124..What aural and visual indications should be observed
over an ILS middle marker?
A. Continuous dots at the rate of six per second.
B. Continuous dashes at the rate of two per second.
C. Alternate dots and dashes at the rate of two per second.
C X
139..When a speed adjustment is necessary to maintain
separation, what minimum speed may ATC request of a
arrival aircraft operating below 3,000 meters?
A. Turbojet aircraft, a speed not less than 230 knots. Piton
engine and turboprop aircraft, a speed not less than 150 knots.
B. a speed not less than 210 knots; except 20 miles from
threshold, not less than 170 knots. Piston and turboprop aircraft.
not less than 200 knots; except 20 flying miles from threshold,
not less than 150 knots.
C. Not less than 250 knots
B X
153..The "age 60 rule" of CCAR Part 121 not applies to
A.any required pilot crewmember.
B.any flight crewmember.
C.flight engineer or navigator.
C X
174..What action should a pilot take when a clearance
appears to be contrary to a regulation?
A.Request a clarification from the ATC.
B.Read the clearance back entirely.
C.Do not accept the clearance.
A X
178..In northern sphere, the air cyclone circumfluence is
A. outward, downward and clockwise
B. outward, upward and clockwise
C. inward, upward and counterclockwise
C X
185..What is the purpose of a restricted airspace?
A.To protect military activities only.
B.To protect science tests only.
C.To restrict the entry of civil aircrafts.
C X
197..Which flight plan requirement applies to an
international air carrier that is scheduled for a 10 hours IFR
flight?
A.An alternate airport is required.
B.No alternate airport is required if the visibility at the
destination airport is desired to be at least 4,800m.
C.An alternate airport is not required if the ceiling at the
destination airport is at least 600m AGL.
A X
208..The leading edge of an advancing warm air mass is.
A. warm front. B. stationary front. C. cold front.
A X
237..How can a pilot identify a military airport at night?
A.Green yellow and white beacon light
B.White and red beacon light with dual flash of the white
C.Green and white beacon light with dual flash of the white
C X
245..What recovery would be appropriate in the event of
compressor stall?
A.Reduce fuel flow, reduce angle of attack, and increase
SZA ATPL Question Bank Material 270 题全+680 题截选
第 14 页 共 14 页 14
airspeed.
B.Advance throttle, lower angle of attack, and reduce airspeed.
C.Reduce throttle, reduce airspeed, and increase angle of
attack.
A X
254..The heat of the troposphere air is chiefly from .
A.the absorption of sun radiation by the water vapor
B.the absorption of sun ultraviolet ray radiation by the ozone
C.the absorption of ground radiation by the air.
C X
259..What aural and visual indications should be observed
over an ILS outer maker?
A. Continuous dots at the rate of six per second.
B. Continuous dashes at the rate of two per second.
C. Alternate dots and dashes at the rate of two per second.
B X
339..(Refer to Figure 6-2) How much is the altitude of LOM
while executing ILS/DME approach?
A.762 feet. B.870 feet. C.755 feet.
B X
387..If an engine's rotation is stopped in flight, the pilot in
command must report it, as soon as practicable, to the
A. ATC and dispatcher.
B. nearest CAAC district office.
C. operations manager (or director of operations).
A X
395..If an air carrier schedules a dispatcher for 13 hours of
duty in a 24-consecutive-hour period, what action is
required?
A.The dispatcher should be given a rest period of 24 hours at
the end of the 13 hours
B.The dispatcher should refuse to be on duty 13hours as the
CCAR part 121 limits the duty period to 10 consecutive hours
C.The dispatcher should be given a rest period of at least 8
hours at or before the completion of 10 hours of duty
C X
414..The average time of useful consciousness when
engaged in moderate activity following a rapid
decompression at 42,000 feet is closest to
A.25 seconds B.15 seconds C.35 seconds
B X
422..[Refer to Figures 4-28 and 4-29.] What approach speed
and ground roll will be needed when landing at a weight of
140,000 pounds with 5o of flaps?
A.138 knots and 3,900 feet.
B.153 knots and 2,900 feet.
C.183 knots and 2,900 feet.
B X
430..Which of the following is the right description about
the effect of alcohol consumption on functions of the
body ?
A.An individual can speed up the rate at which alcohol leaves
the body.
B.Alcohol can affect the semi-circular canals, which leads to an
increase in susceptibility to disorientation and motion sickness.
C.Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increase
judgment and decision-making abilities.
B X
441..[Refer to Figure 4-26.] How many feet will remain after
landing on a 6,000-foot wet runway with reversers
inoperative at 110,000 pounds gross weight?
A.2,100 feet. B.2,650 feet. C.3,000 feet.
C X
517..(Refer to Figure 3) In the telegram (3), which weather
phenomenon that influence fly be described.
A. Low-level wind share
B. Microburst
C. Turbulence
A X
557..TCASII provides
A.Traffic and resolution advisories
B.Proximity warning
C.Maneuvers in all directions to avoid the conflicting traffic
A X
576..If the first portion of the flight is under VFR and the
latter portion is under IFR, pilot should fill the FLIGHT
RULES box with letter
A.Y. B.I. C.Z.
C X
596..(Refer to Figure 3) In the AIRMET information, the
expected changes in intensity of the icing is.
A. Intensify B. Weaken C. No change
B X
599..(Refer to Figure 5) what weather area is there in the
east of zhengzhou
A. Rain B. Light fog C. Fog
C X
608..When a speed adjustment is necessary to maintain
separation, what minimum speed may ATC request of a
turboprop aircraft departing an airport?
A. 200 knots B. 170 knots C. 150 knots
C X
619..It should be reported without ATC request that
A. A change in cruising true airspeed of 10 knots or 5%,
whichever is greater.
B. A change in cruising true airspeed of 10 knots or 10%,
whichever is greater.
C. A change in cruising true airspeed of 5 knots or 10%,
whichever is greater.
A X
630..What is one of the requirements that must be met by
an airline pilot to reestablish recency of experience?
A.At least one landing must be made from a circling approach.
B.At least one {full stop landing} must be made.
C.At least one precision approach must be made to the lowest
minimums authorized for the certificate holder.
B X
634..When a speed adjustment is necessary to maintain
separation, what minimum speed may ATC request of a
turbojet arrival aircraft operating below 3,000 meters?
A. 250 knots B. 210 knots C. 200 knots
B X
638..What is the name of a plane beyond the takeoff
runway, which is able to support the airplane, for use in
decelerating the airplane during an aborted takeoff?
A.Clearway. B.Stopway. C.Obstruction clearance plane.
B X
669..(Refer to Figure 6-5) At the bottom of this enroute
chart excerpt, ZHENGZHOU ACC's information is enclosed
in a rectangle, what is the VHF communication frequency?
A.122.20MHz. B.3016MHz. C.8897MHz.
A X
677..What should a pilot do to maintain "best range"
airplane performance when a {tailwind} is encountered?
A.Increase speed. B.Maintain speed. C.Decrease speed.
C X
END OF THIS
Top Related